[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2019052395A1 - Multimedia data presentation method, storage medium and computer device - Google Patents

Multimedia data presentation method, storage medium and computer device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019052395A1
WO2019052395A1 PCT/CN2018/104397 CN2018104397W WO2019052395A1 WO 2019052395 A1 WO2019052395 A1 WO 2019052395A1 CN 2018104397 W CN2018104397 W CN 2018104397W WO 2019052395 A1 WO2019052395 A1 WO 2019052395A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
multimedia
data
identifier
interaction
current
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/104397
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
何芬
吴俊�
邓春国
谌启亮
李海基
曹颖
闫希
李安琪
Original Assignee
腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 filed Critical 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司
Publication of WO2019052395A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019052395A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/60Network streaming of media packets
    • H04L65/75Media network packet handling
    • H04L65/764Media network packet handling at the destination 
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L9/00Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols
    • H04L9/40Network security protocols

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of computer technologies, and in particular, to a multimedia data display method, a storage medium, and a computer device.
  • the multimedia data information such as pictures, animations, video and audio transmitted is generally a fixed format or style information, and when displaying the received multimedia data information, it can only follow the fixed format of the received multimedia data information or The style is displayed and the expression is single.
  • a multimedia data presentation method a storage medium, and a computer device are provided.
  • a multimedia data display method includes:
  • the server detects an interaction member status, where the interactive member status is dynamic status data in an interactive member interaction process, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data;
  • the server generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, where the multimedia data update instruction carries a multimedia data identifier;
  • the server updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • a computer device comprising a memory and a processor, the memory storing computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor such that the processor performs the following steps:
  • the interactive member state being dynamic state data in an interactive member interaction process, the interactive member being a member interacting with current multimedia presentation data;
  • a multimedia data display method includes:
  • the terminal generates an interaction request according to the interaction operation with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction.
  • the terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display.
  • a computer apparatus comprising a memory and a processor, the memory storing computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor, causing the processor to perform the following steps:
  • Receiving the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server acquiring corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing update display.
  • One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps:
  • the interactive member state is dynamic state data in an interactive member interaction process, the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data; and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member state,
  • the multimedia data update instruction carries a multimedia data identifier; the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is acquired, and the session member corresponding to the session is obtained; and the multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, And causing the target terminal to acquire corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier; and updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps:
  • Receiving the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server acquiring corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing update display.
  • FIG. 1 is an application environment diagram of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment
  • FIG. 4 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in another embodiment
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment
  • FIG. 6 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in another embodiment
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment
  • FIG. 7A is a logic diagram showing an animation change display in an embodiment
  • FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of a multimedia presentation data display process in an embodiment
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a multimedia data display method in a specific embodiment
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic diagram showing an effect of an animation display in an embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display device in an embodiment
  • FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display apparatus in an embodiment
  • FIG. 11 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display device in an embodiment
  • FIG. 12 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display apparatus in another embodiment
  • Figure 13 is a diagram showing the internal structure of a server in an embodiment.
  • Figure 14 is a diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal in an embodiment.
  • first may be referred to as a second terminal
  • second terminal may be referred to as a first terminal, without departing from the scope of the present invention.
  • Both the first terminal and the second terminal are terminals, but they are not the same terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is an application environment diagram of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment.
  • the application environment includes a first terminal 110, a server 120, and a second terminal 130.
  • the terminal 110, the server 120, and the second terminal 130 can communicate through a network.
  • the first terminal 110 generates a corresponding interaction request according to the interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server 120.
  • the server 120 detects the interaction member status according to the received interaction request, and generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and Sending the generated multimedia data update instruction to the first terminal 110 and the second terminal 130, the terminal 110 and the second terminal 130 acquire corresponding updated multimedia data according to the received multimedia data update instruction, and update the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. And display the updated current multimedia display data.
  • the terminal 110 and the terminal 130 may each be a mobile phone, a tablet computer or a personal digital assistant or a wearable device, and the second terminal 130 may also send an interaction request to the server 120.
  • a multimedia data display method including the following:
  • Step S210 Detecting the status of the interactive member, the interactive member status is dynamic state data in the interactive member interaction process, and the interactive member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia display data.
  • the multimedia presentation data refers to multimedia data displayed on the display interface, and the multimedia data refers to comprehensive data including a plurality of media, and the multimedia data includes text, graphics, sound, images, animation and the like.
  • the current multimedia display data is the multimedia data displayed by the current display interface, and the multimedia display data can receive user interactions, such as providing an interactive portal in the display interface of the multimedia display data, and the interactive portal can be set on the current multimedia display data or can be set at the current The preset position on the display interface corresponding to the multimedia presentation data.
  • the current multimedia presentation data may include basic multimedia presentation data and updated multimedia presentation data, and the updated multimedia presentation data is changed based on the interaction parameters of the interactive members on the basis of the basic multimedia presentation data, and the current data based on the same basic multimedia presentation data
  • the multimedia presentation data generates interactive members for the interactive members corresponding to the corresponding basic multimedia presentation data.
  • the interactive member status is the dynamic state data in the interaction process of the interactive member, including the number of interaction members and/or the interaction parameters corresponding to the interaction member.
  • the interaction parameter refers to the interaction data corresponding to each interaction member in the interaction process of the interaction member, and the interaction parameters include participation interaction. Time, length of interaction, number of interactions, etc.
  • the interaction parameters corresponding to the current interactive member are recorded, such as the interaction update time, the number of interactions, etc., and the interaction time of each interactive member participating in an interaction may be preset, and The number of interactive members corresponding to the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the member identification statistics corresponding to each interactive member.
  • detecting the status of the interactive member at the current moment detecting whether the number of interactive members corresponding to the current moment and/or the interaction parameter of each interactive member change compared with the previous moment, and detecting whether the interaction time of the interactive member reaches the preset interaction Whether the interaction time of the interactive member is changed, such as whether the latest interaction time of the interactive member or the interactive member is updated.
  • Step S220 Generate a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier.
  • the interaction parameter corresponding to the at least one interactive member changes, and the corresponding multimedia data update instruction is generated according to the update status of different interactive member states, and the multimedia data is generated.
  • the update instruction carries a corresponding multimedia data identifier. Further, each multimedia data corresponds to a different multimedia data identifier, and the multimedia data identifier may be associated with the corresponding interactive member identifier for further representing the multimedia data.
  • Step S230 Acquire a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and obtain a session member corresponding to the session.
  • the current multimedia presentation data display screen is a display interface corresponding to the session
  • the session may be a single-person session, a multi-person session, and the session corresponds to a unique session identifier, and the session member corresponding to the member identifier in the same session has the same Session ID.
  • Step S240 Send the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • the target terminal corresponding to the session member refers to the terminal of the session account corresponding to the session member, and the target terminal corresponding to one session member may be one or more terminals.
  • the generated multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier carried by the multimedia data update instruction, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • the updated multimedia data is combined with the current multimedia presentation data or the updated multimedia data is replaced with the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding updated multimedia presentation data.
  • the method in this embodiment may be implemented by using a server or by using a terminal.
  • the management terminal is used to control other terminals, for example, receiving an interaction request sent by another terminal, and transmitting multimedia data to other terminals. Update instructions to control the interface display of other terminals.
  • the multimedia data display method detects the interactive member status, and when the interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so that the target terminal
  • the current multimedia presentation data is updated according to the multimedia data update instruction.
  • the method before step S210, the method includes:
  • Step S310 Receive a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, where the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request includes a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier, and the basic multimedia presentation data is displayed in the form of a message, and the interaction member status is updated according to the operation acting on the message.
  • the basic multimedia display data is pre-set multimedia data, and the basic multimedia display data may be stored in the basic multimedia display data set in advance, and each basic multimedia display data corresponds to a unique identifier.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data is displayed in the form of a message, and the message is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier by one of the member members corresponding to the current session identifier, and the basic multimedia presentation data may be an image, a text, a graphic, or a sound. , animation and other data.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data identifier is an identifier corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data to be acquired by the current basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request
  • the current session identifier is an identifier corresponding to the session displaying the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the interaction of the subsequent interaction member and the multimedia presentation data to generate the interaction request is performed on the basis of the message.
  • the session member sends a message in the current session corresponding to the current session identifier, and the content of the message is
  • the interactive basic multimedia display data after the session member corresponding to the current session receives the message, can interact with the interactive basic multimedia display data to update the basic multimedia display data.
  • Step S320 Acquire corresponding basic multimedia display data according to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.
  • each basic multimedia presentation data corresponds to a unique identifier, obtains a basic multimedia presentation data identifier in the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, and acquires the target basic multimedia presentation data from the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.
  • Step S330 Acquire the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and send the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display data corresponds to the current multimedia display data.
  • the corresponding session identifier in the basic multimedia display data acquisition request is obtained, and the member identifier corresponding to each session member corresponding to the session is obtained according to the session identifier, and the obtained target basic multimedia display data is sent to the target terminal corresponding to each member identifier.
  • the target terminal is a terminal that logs in to the session account corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal displays the acquired basic multimedia presentation data.
  • the addable multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data may be preset, and the corresponding multimedia display data may be acquired according to the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request.
  • a multimedia data display method including:
  • Step S410 Receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, where the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier.
  • the interaction request is generated according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, such as setting an interaction portal in the display interface of the current multimedia presentation data or the multimedia presentation data, and generating a corresponding interaction request according to the operation acting on the interaction portal.
  • the interactive request carries the current interactive member identification, and the current interactive member identification is used to uniquely mark the current interactive member.
  • Step S420 Acquire an interaction member state set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier does not exist in the interaction member state collection, add the current interaction member identifier to the interaction member state collection, and update the number of interaction members.
  • the interactive member status set includes a current set of interactive members and a set of information such as interaction parameters, interaction identifiers, latest interaction time, number of interactions, and current interaction duration of each interactive member.
  • the current interaction member identifier is obtained, and the interaction member identifier is compared with each existing interaction member identifier in the interaction member status collection, and if the current interaction member identifier is not found in the current interaction member collection.
  • the same interactive member ID adds the current interactive member ID to the interactive member status collection, updating the number of interactive members.
  • the participating interaction time and the number of interactions corresponding to the current interactive member are added to the interactive member status collection.
  • Step S430 detecting an interaction member status, where the interaction member status includes an interaction member number and/or an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data.
  • Step S440 when the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction is generated, and the first multimedia data update instruction carries the first multimedia data identifier.
  • the interaction member status when detecting the interaction member status, detecting that the number of interaction members increases, generating a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction, where the first multimedia data update instruction carries the first multimedia data identifier, and further,
  • the association relationship between the updated multimedia data and the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data may be pre-established, and when the number of interaction members is increased, the current multimedia data associated with the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is obtained.
  • the multimedia data Correspondingly updating the multimedia data, and further, associating the currently updated multimedia data with the current interactive member identifier.
  • the current multimedia display data is an animation of a night scene
  • the data corresponding to the animation elements such as stars, lights, and moons are associated with the night scene animation in advance, and when an interaction request with the animation of the night scene is obtained, the interaction request is increased according to the interaction request.
  • the corresponding elements are obtained from the elements of the night scene animation pre-established association relationship.
  • Step S450 Acquire a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and obtain a session member corresponding to the session.
  • Step S460 the first multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the first multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. Update the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • the first multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the first multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • the update multimedia data may be pre-stored in the terminal, and the terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the first multimedia data identifier sent by the server, and may also be stored in the server, and the server returns the multimedia data identifier and carries the corresponding updated multimedia data. Or, the terminal requests the server to obtain the corresponding updated multimedia data again.
  • the current interactive member identifier carried according to the interaction request determines that the current interactive member does not participate in the interaction
  • the current interactive member identifier is added to the corresponding interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is increased, and according to The interaction member number changes generate a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction, so that the target terminal first multimedia data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the combination of data updates and the interaction of interactive members increases the diversity of multimedia presentation data.
  • the first multimedia data update instruction is an element adding instruction
  • the element adding instruction carries the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interaction member identifier
  • the step S240 includes: sending the element adding instruction to the target corresponding to the session member identifier. And the terminal, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate the corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • the element to be added refers to the element to be added in the current multimedia presentation data, and the element to be added may be one or more of the elements constituting the current multimedia presentation data, or may be a predefined multimedia data element, which may be pre-defined. The relationship between the element to be added and the corresponding basic multimedia presentation data is established.
  • the corresponding element addition instruction is generated, and the corresponding element identifier to be added is obtained, and the to-be-added element identifier is randomly allocated or allocated according to a predetermined rule or acquired according to the to-be-added element identifier carried in the interaction request.
  • the element to be added is further associated with the current interactive member identifier, so that the added element can be processed later.
  • the target terminal acquires a corresponding element to be added according to the element adding instruction, adds the element to be added to the current multimedia display data, and generates a second multimedia display data, and the second Multimedia display data as current multimedia display data.
  • the current multimedia display data is an animation
  • the animation is divided into a basic animation layer and an animation layer can be added, an animation layer can be added on top of the basic animation layer, and the to-be-added element is drawn in the animation layer to be added, so that the element to be added is added. Mix and display with the current animation.
  • the corresponding element identifier to be added is acquired, and a corresponding element adding instruction is generated, and an element adding instruction is sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal is to be added according to the element adding instruction.
  • the element is added to the current multimedia presentation data, and the multimedia presentation data is updated to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • an element adding instruction is generated, and the corresponding element is added to the current multimedia display data, so that when the number of interactive members increases, the corresponding elements of the current multimedia display data are correspondingly increased, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Reflects the interaction status of the interactive members corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data.
  • a multimedia data display method including:
  • Step S510 Acquire an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, and the interaction parameter includes the latest interaction time.
  • the interaction parameters corresponding to each interaction member are detected in real time, and the interaction parameters corresponding to the interaction member include the latest interaction time and interaction duration of each interaction member, and the interaction duration refers to the time interval of the latest interaction time of the interaction member to the current time, and the latest interaction.
  • Time is the time when the interactive member sends the latest interaction request.
  • the interactive member updates the interaction time for each interaction.
  • Step S520 The interactive member whose latest interaction time and the current time interval exceed the preset duration threshold is used as the interactive member to be deleted, and the member identifier of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is updated.
  • the playing time of the multimedia data element added on the basis of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the interactive member is preset, and when the playing time is reached, the corresponding added multimedia data element is deleted from the current multimedia display data to encourage the user to Participate in interaction and increase interaction.
  • the time interval between the current interaction time and the corresponding latest interaction time is counted, and the interaction member whose time interval exceeds the preset duration threshold is used as the interaction member to be deleted, and the identifier corresponding to the member to be deleted is deleted from the interaction member status collection, and the interaction is updated.
  • Step S530 detecting an interaction member status, where the interaction member status includes an interaction member number and/or an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data.
  • Step S540 When the number of interactive members decreases, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted.
  • the interactive member When a new interactive member is added to the interactive member state collection, the interactive member establishes an association relationship with the corresponding to-be-added element, and when the corresponding interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member state set, the current multimedia is deleted correspondingly.
  • the element corresponding to the interactive member to be deleted in the presentation data When a new interactive member is added to the interactive member state collection, the interactive member establishes an association relationship with the corresponding to-be-added element, and when the corresponding interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member state set, the current multimedia is deleted correspondingly.
  • the element corresponding to the interactive member to be deleted in the presentation data When a new interactive member is added to the interactive member state collection, the interactive member establishes an association relationship with the corresponding to-be-added element, and when the corresponding interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member state set, the current multimedia is deleted correspondingly.
  • the element corresponding to the interactive member to be deleted in the presentation data When a new interactive member is added
  • a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element deletion instruction carries the target element identifier to be deleted, and the target element identifier is determined according to the interaction member to be deleted, and the target element identifier may be Have one or more.
  • Step S550 Send an element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the element deletion instruction is sent to the target terminal, so that each target terminal acquires corresponding target element data from the server or the current cache according to the target element identifier in the element deletion instruction, and deletes the corresponding target from the current multimedia presentation data.
  • Element data get updated current multimedia display data.
  • the latest interaction time in the interaction parameters corresponding to each interaction member is obtained, and the interaction member to be deleted is determined according to the latest interaction time, and the corresponding interaction member to be deleted is deleted from the interaction member status collection to reduce interaction in the interaction member status collection.
  • the number of members when detecting that the number of interactive members decreases, generates a corresponding element deletion instruction to be sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal deletes the corresponding target element from the current multimedia presentation data according to the element deletion instruction, and updates the current multimedia presentation data.
  • Determining the interactive members to be deleted according to the latest interaction time thereby changing the interactive member status to generate corresponding element deletion instructions to update the current multimedia display data, updating the current multimedia display data according to the latest interaction time of each interactive member, enhancing the user's activity, and further
  • the relationship between multimedia data display and interactive members is improved, and the diversity of multimedia data display is improved.
  • the current interaction member identifier is obtained.
  • the added element identifier generating element adding instruction, and acquiring the corresponding element deleting instruction corresponding to the target deleting element identifier corresponding to the interactive member to be deleted, so that the target terminal adds the waiting to the current multimedia display data according to the element adding instruction and the element deleting instruction. Add an element, delete the target delete element in the current multimedia display data, and generate updated current multimedia display data.
  • the method before step S210, includes: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier, and obtains an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, if the current interaction member identifier exists in the In the interactive member status collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is taken as the latest interaction time, and the interaction parameters of the current interactive member identification are updated according to the latest interaction time.
  • Step S230 includes: when the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member is changed, generating a corresponding first play modification instruction, where the first play modification instruction carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier.
  • Step S240 includes: causing the target terminal to acquire the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and update the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter.
  • the interaction request generated by the interaction with the current multimedia presentation data is received.
  • the interaction member identifier carried in the interaction request exists in the interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data
  • the interaction member corresponding to the current interaction member identifier has been Participate in the interaction, no need to repeat the current interactive member ID to the interactive member status collection, but the interactive parameters of the current interactive member have changed
  • the interaction time of the currently received interactive request is the latest interaction corresponding to the current interactive member identifier. Time to extend the presentation time of the elements of the current interactive member.
  • the terminal is configured to modify the playing state of the first element identifier according to the first play modification instruction, such as extending the playing time of the first element data corresponding to the first element identifier or increasing the playing frequency of the first element data.
  • the playback end time of the first element data is later than the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data ends. Display of multimedia presentation data.
  • the multimedia presentation data is music data
  • the first element data corresponding to the current interactive member identifier is a piece of auxiliary audio corresponding to the basic music data, and the frequency or playing duration of the corresponding auxiliary audio is modified according to the first play modification instruction.
  • the updated auxiliary audio is combined with the basic music data.
  • the interaction time corresponding to the latest interaction request is updated to the latest interaction time corresponding to the current interaction member, and the first play modification instruction is further generated, and the corresponding interaction member is modified.
  • the playing state of an element Updating the interaction member status according to the interaction status of each interaction member, and generating a corresponding first play modification instruction according to the updated interaction member status to update the play status of the first element corresponding to the interaction member, thereby updating the current multimedia display according to the interaction parameter of the interaction member.
  • Data has increased the diversity of multimedia data presentation.
  • step S230 includes: when it is detected that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generating a second play modification instruction, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a second play modification parameter.
  • Step S240 includes: causing the target terminal to update the play status of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the second play modification parameter.
  • the threshold number of interaction members corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data is preset, and the number of interaction members that interact with the current basic multimedia presentation data or the current multimedia presentation data obtained by the current basic multimedia presentation data change is counted, and the statistical interaction member is counted.
  • the number is greater than or equal to the preset number of interaction members, the current user activity is higher, and the second play modification command is generated, and the second play modification command includes the second modification parameter, and the second play modification command is sent to the target terminal.
  • the target terminal is configured to extend the playing duration of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data or increase the playing frequency according to the second playing modification parameter.
  • the thresholds of the number of interactive members corresponding to different multimedia presentation data may be different or the same.
  • the initial playing time of the current basic multimedia presentation data is 10S
  • the total duration of interaction with the multimedia presentation data obtained according to the current basic multimedia presentation data is 10S
  • the number of interactive members exceeds the preset number threshold, according to the second
  • the modification command is played to modify the playing time of the current basic multimedia presentation data to be 20S, and when the 10S is reached, the user can continue to interact with the basic multimedia presentation data, thereby prolonging the user interaction time.
  • the playing time of the basic sound data is extended according to the second playing instruction, for example, if the basic music data is preset to have a playing time of 10 seconds, after receiving the second playing command, the loop is played once.
  • Music data extend the playback time to 20S, or change the playback frequency of the basic music data.
  • the playing status of the corresponding basic multimedia display data is modified according to the number of interactive members participating in the interaction, the display time of the basic multimedia display data is extended, or the display frequency of the basic multimedia display data is enhanced, and the interactive parameters are enriched according to the interaction parameters of the interactive members.
  • Multimedia shows the diversity of data.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data includes at least two different basic multimedia presentation data segments
  • step S230 includes: generating an update playback instruction when detecting that the number of interaction members reaches a triggering second basic multimedia presentation data segment playback condition,
  • the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier.
  • Step S240 includes: sending an update play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia display data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, and the second basic multimedia display data segment is The first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data is combined with the display or the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data is divided into data including at least two basic multimedia presentation data segments, and different basic multimedia presentation data segments correspond to different multimedia presentation data content or corresponding to different playback durations and playback frequencies.
  • the first basic multimedia display data segment is displayed, and the preset is set.
  • Condition to trigger other basic multimedia presentation data segments for example, setting the number of interaction members as a trigger condition, and interacting with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment or the basic multimedia presentation data obtained by the change of the first basic multimedia presentation data segment
  • the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier is obtained, a corresponding update play instruction is generated, and the update play instruction is sent to the corresponding target terminal, so that the target terminal is obtained.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data segment serves as the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the first multimedia presentation data segment is preset as sound data
  • the second multimedia presentation data segment is animation data matching the sound data corresponding to the first multimedia presentation data segment, when the number of interactive members is detected.
  • an update play instruction is generated, and the sound data and the animation data are combined according to the update play command to form a sound animation segment for playing or the animation data is replaced by the sound data, and the corresponding display is played on the current display interface.
  • Animation data is generated, and the sound data and the animation data are combined according to the update play command to form a sound animation segment for playing or the animation data is replaced by the sound data, and the corresponding display is played on the current display interface.
  • the triggering condition corresponding to different multimedia presentation data segments is preset, and the third basic multimedia presentation data segment may be triggered on the basis of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and so on, and multiple basic multimedia presentations may be triggered simultaneously.
  • Data fragment is preset, and the third basic multimedia presentation data segment may be triggered on the basis of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and so on, and multiple basic multimedia presentations may be triggered simultaneously.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data is divided into a plurality of basic multimedia presentation data segments in advance, and the second basic multimedia presentation data segment is triggered according to the number of interaction members, and a corresponding update playback instruction is generated and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal is generated. Acquiring the second basic multimedia presentation data segment to update the current multimedia presentation data.
  • Different basic multimedia display data is triggered according to the number of interactive members, and the multimedia display data is updated according to the interactive parameters corresponding to the interactive members, and the multimedia display data is associated with the interactive members, thereby further improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identifier
  • step S240 includes: transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target presentation member identifier.
  • the target display member identifier refers to a member identifier corresponding to a member capable of receiving multimedia display data, and the target display member may be selected when selecting a basic multimedia display data to generate a corresponding acquisition request, or may select a basic multimedia display data.
  • the target presentation session member can be one or more session members. Further, after the target display member is selected, the terminal corresponding to the other session members corresponding to the current session cannot receive the multimedia display data for display.
  • the generated multimedia member data update request is sent to the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier according to the target display member identifier carried by the basic multimedia display data acquisition request, where the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier is the login target display member identifier corresponding to the target.
  • the terminal of the account when the account supports multiple terminals to log in at the same time, the plurality of terminals corresponding to the target display member identifier simultaneously display the corresponding multimedia display data.
  • the multimedia data update instruction is sent to the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier, which can realize personalized and targeted multimedia data display, and adds multimedia. Showcase the presentation of the data.
  • the multimedia data display method further includes:
  • Step S610 Acquire a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data.
  • the play duration corresponding to each basic multimedia display data is preset, and after the corresponding basic multimedia display data is acquired according to the basic multimedia display data acquisition request, the preset play duration of the basic multimedia display data is acquired, and the play duration refers to the basic multimedia. Shows the time interval between the start of the display and the stop of the display.
  • Step S620 When it is detected that the interactive member status does not change within the preset playing duration or the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number threshold, the end playing instruction is generated.
  • the basic multimedia display data After the basic multimedia display data is displayed, detecting the status of the interactive member corresponding to the current basic multimedia display data, if it is detected that the interactive member status does not change during the preset playing time, that is, no interactive member participates in the current basic multimedia display data. , when the preset playback duration is reached, an end playback command is generated. Or, in the basic multimedia display data, the preset playing time has an interactive member, but the number of interactive members does not reach the preset threshold, and the basic multimedia display data cannot be updated or the second basic multimedia display data cannot be triggered. When the data reaches the playback duration, an end playback command is generated.
  • Step S630 the end play instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction.
  • the end play instruction carries the current basic multimedia display data identifier, and the end play instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends the current multimedia display data according to the end play instruction, and the current multimedia display data is the basic multimedia display data.
  • multimedia display data obtained by multimedia display data changes.
  • the playing duration of the basic multimedia display data is preset, and the interactive member status of the basic multimedia display data is detected, and if the interactive member status does not change or the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number, the display of the basic multimedia display data is performed.
  • the duration reaches the preset playing duration, a corresponding ending playing instruction is generated, the display of the current multimedia display data is stopped, the display duration of the multimedia display data is controlled according to the preset playing duration and the interactive member state, and the display of the multimedia display data is ended in time. Avoid displaying multimedia presentation data while unattended interaction, saving memory resources.
  • a multimedia data display method including:
  • Step S710 Generate an interaction request according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and send the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data.
  • the update command carries the multimedia data identifier.
  • the multimedia presentation data refers to multimedia data displayed on the display interface, and the multimedia data refers to comprehensive data including a plurality of media, and the multimedia data includes text, graphics, sound, images, animation and the like.
  • the current multimedia display data is the multimedia data displayed by the current display interface, and the multimedia display data can receive user interactions, such as providing an interactive portal in the display interface of the multimedia display data, and the interactive portal can be set on the current multimedia display data or can be set at the current The preset position on the display interface corresponding to the multimedia presentation data.
  • the interactive request carries the current interactive member identifier and the session identifier.
  • the current interactive member identifier is used to enable the server to mark the interactive member, count the number of different interactive members participating in the interaction, or monitor the interactive parameters of each interactive member.
  • the interaction request is sent to the server, so that the server determines, according to the current interaction member identifier carried by the interaction request, whether the current interaction member has participated in the interaction, thereby updating the number of interaction members or updating the status of the current interaction member, thereby further, according to The update of the interactive member status generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to each session member corresponding to the session identifier.
  • Step S720 Receive a multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, obtain corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, update current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and perform update display.
  • the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server is used to obtain the corresponding multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, where the multimedia data may be pre-stored in the terminal, and the terminal acquires the corresponding multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier sent by the server, and may also be stored in the
  • the server returns the multimedia data identifier and carries the corresponding multimedia data, or the terminal requests the server to obtain the corresponding multimedia data again.
  • updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data such as combining the updated multimedia data with the current multimedia presentation data or replacing the updated multimedia data with the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding updated multimedia presentation data.
  • a multimedia data display method is provided, and a corresponding interaction request is generated according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request is sent to the server to enable the server to generate a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request. And updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the received multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, and displaying the updated multimedia presentation data.
  • the corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.
  • the step S720 includes: receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, the element adding instruction carrying the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, obtaining the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and adding the to-be-added element. Up to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • the element addition instruction is generated according to the situation that the current interaction member identifier carried in the interaction request does not exist in the interaction member state collection, where the to-be-added element identifier refers to the to-be-added element in the current multimedia presentation data, the element to be added It may be one or more of the elements constituting the current multimedia presentation data, or may be a predefined multimedia data element, and the element to be added may be associated with the corresponding basic multimedia presentation data in advance.
  • the server acquires the corresponding identifier to be added, and Associating the identifier of the element to be added with the current interactive member identifier, generating a corresponding element adding instruction, obtaining a corresponding element to be added according to the received element adding instruction, adding the element to be added to the current multimedia display data, and generating the second
  • the multimedia display data uses the second multimedia display data as the current multimedia display data.
  • the elements to be added can be obtained directly from the memory or downloaded from the server.
  • the animation is divided into a basic animation layer and an animation layer can be added, an animation layer can be added on top of the basic animation layer, and the to-be-added element is drawn in the animation layer to be added, so that the element to be added is added. Mix and display with the current animation.
  • the to-be-added element is obtained according to the received element addition instruction, and the to-be-added element is added to the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • the received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated differently according to different interaction requests, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.
  • step S720 includes: receiving an element deletion instruction returned by the server, the element deletion instruction carrying the corresponding target element identifier, acquiring the corresponding target element according to the target element identifier, and deleting the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the element deletion instruction is generated according to the situation that the interaction member whose current interaction duration is greater than the preset interaction duration is detected, wherein the target element identifier refers to the element identifier to be deleted, and the target element identifier and The deleted interactive member ID has an association relationship, and the interactive member to be deleted is an interactive member whose interaction duration reaches a preset duration.
  • the corresponding target element data is obtained from the server or the current cache according to the target element identifier in the element deletion instruction, and the corresponding target element data is deleted from the current multimedia presentation data, to obtain the updated current multimedia display data.
  • the target element to be deleted is acquired according to the received element deletion instruction, and the target element is deleted from the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding updated multimedia display data.
  • the received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated differently according to different interaction requests, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.
  • each additional person adds an element in the basic multimedia presentation data to the corresponding one of the basic multimedia presentation data.
  • the frequency of elemental movement is doubled. If there is a participant who participates in the interaction, if one person who participates in the interaction is reduced, the element other than the basic multimedia presentation data or the element movement in the basic multimedia presentation data is reduced correspondingly. Under the premise of doubling the frequency, the frequency of elemental motion in the basic multimedia display data is doubled, and the playback of the basic multimedia display data is ended when the basic multimedia display data reaches the playing time. Further, according to the increase or decrease of the number of people participating in the interaction, the adding element or the reducing element is performed on the basis of the basic multimedia display data, and the elements in the basic multimedia display data are not reduced.
  • step S720 includes: receiving a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification instruction carries a first element data identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the first play modification parameter, according to the first element data identifier. And acquiring corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data, and updating a playing state of the first element data according to the first playing modification parameter.
  • the first play modification command is generated according to the situation that the current interactive member identifier in the interaction request exists in the interaction member state set, and the first element data identifier is an element data identifier that establishes an association relationship with the current interactive member identifier.
  • the corresponding first element data is obtained according to the first element data identifier, and the corresponding play of the first element data is modified according to the first play modification parameter included in the first play modification instruction.
  • the parameter, the play parameter includes a play duration or a play frequency, and displays the current multimedia display data including the modified first element data.
  • the playback end time of the first element data is later than the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data ends. Display of multimedia presentation data.
  • the first element data is obtained according to the received first play modification instruction, and the play parameter corresponding to the first element data is modified according to the first modified parameter, and the current multimedia display data is updated and displayed.
  • the received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated differently according to different interaction requests, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.
  • step S720 includes: receiving a second play modification instruction returned by the server, where the second play modification instruction carries a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a second play modification parameter. And updating, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier.
  • the second play modification command is generated according to the situation that the current number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, where the preset threshold is a threshold value of the number of interaction members corresponding to the preset basic multimedia display data, and the second play modification parameter includes a play duration parameter. And / or play frequency parameters.
  • the target terminal extends the playing duration of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data or increases the playing frequency of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data according to the received second playback modification parameter. Display the updated current multimedia display data.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is obtained according to the received second playback modification instruction, and the playback parameters corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data are modified according to the second modified parameter, and the current multimedia display data is updated and displayed.
  • the received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated according to different interaction requests, thereby further improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.
  • step S720 includes: receiving an update play instruction returned by the server, and the update play instruction carries the second base multimedia presentation data segment identifier. Obtaining, according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displaying the current multimedia presentation data segment The first basic multimedia presentation data segment is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment.
  • the update play command is generated according to the situation that the number of the current interactive members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia display data segment, and the basic multimedia display data is divided into data including at least two basic multimedia display data segments in advance, and different basic multimedia displays are displayed.
  • the data segments correspond to different multimedia presentation data content or corresponding to different playback durations and playback frequencies.
  • the second basic multimedia presentation data segment is obtained from the memory or the server according to the update play instruction, and the second basic multimedia display data segment is combined with the first basic multimedia display data segment to be mixed and displayed in the current display image. Or displaying the second basic multimedia presentation data segment instead of the current multimedia presentation data in the current display screen.
  • the second basic multimedia display data segment is obtained according to the received update play instruction, and the second basic multimedia display data is combined with the current multimedia display data or the current multimedia display data is replaced with the second basic multimedia display data.
  • the received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated according to different interaction requests, thereby further improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.
  • step S720 includes: receiving an end play instruction returned by the server, and ending displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction.
  • the ending play command is an instruction generated when the server detects that the unattended interaction or the number of participating interactions does not reach the preset number threshold in the preset display duration of the current basic multimedia display data.
  • the display of the current multimedia presentation data is ended.
  • the basic multimedia display data is played after the basic multimedia display data playing time reaches the playing duration.
  • an animation data is taken as an example to provide a multimedia data display method, including:
  • Step S810 receiving a basic animation display data acquisition request, where the basic animation display data acquisition request includes a current basic animation display data identifier and a current session identifier.
  • Step S820 Acquire a corresponding first basic animation display data according to the current animation display data identifier, where the first basic animation display data includes at least two different basic animation display data sub-segments.
  • Step S830 Acquire the corresponding session member identifier according to the current session identifier, and send the obtained first basic animation display data to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the corresponding first animation according to the first basic animation display data.
  • a virtual gift is presented in a multi-person session.
  • One of the session members 810 selects the virtual ribbon 820 in the current session, and the current session is displayed in the terminal corresponding to the member identifier corresponding to the current session identifier.
  • the interface 820A displays the basic animation of the virtual ribbon, and the remaining playback time of the virtual ribbon base animation is 840A.
  • the target terminal may also identify the terminal corresponding to the specific member.
  • Step S840 receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the first animation display data, where the interaction request includes a current session identifier, a first animation display data identifier, and a current interactive member identifier.
  • Step S850 detecting whether the current interactive member identifier is included in the historical interactive member state set. If yes, step S870 is performed, and if no, step S860 is performed.
  • step S860 the current interaction member identifier is associated with the first interaction time corresponding to the current animation element and the current interaction request, and the current interaction member identifier is saved to the historical interaction member state collection.
  • Step S860A Acquire an animation element to be added according to the current interaction request, and generate an animation element addition instruction according to the current animation element to be added.
  • step S860B the animation element adding instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the current animation element to be added according to the animation element adding instruction, and the first animation corresponding to the first animation identifier is currently added.
  • the animation element adding instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the current animation element to be added according to the animation element adding instruction, and the first animation corresponding to the first animation identifier is currently added.
  • the animation element corresponding to the virtual ribbon is added, and the animation element corresponding to the current display interface 820B in the terminal corresponding to the member identifier corresponding to the current session identifier is An animation is mixed and displayed, and the remaining playing time 840B of the virtual ribbon is recorded at this time.
  • Step S870 the interaction time corresponding to the current interaction request is used as the latest interaction time corresponding to the current interaction member identifier.
  • Step S880 real-time monitoring the latest interaction time corresponding to the interaction member identifier in the current interactive member status set.
  • Step S880A If it is detected that the time interval of the latest interaction time corresponding to the first interaction member identifier exceeds the preset interval threshold, the target to be deleted corresponding to the first interaction member identifier is obtained according to the association relationship, and the target to be deleted is deleted according to the target.
  • Animated elements generate an animation delete command.
  • Step S880B Sending an animation element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the target to-be-deleted animation element according to the animation element deletion instruction, deletes the target animation element to be deleted in the current animation, and updates the display deletion target to be deleted. The animation after the animation element is removed.
  • Step S890 Receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current animation display data, and the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier, and proceeds to step S850 to update the current interaction member status collection.
  • Step S890A When it is detected that the number of interaction members corresponding to the current interaction member state set reaches a condition for triggering the second basic animation display data segment, generating an update play instruction, and the update play instruction carries the second base animation display data segment identifier.
  • Step S890B Send an update play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the second basic animation display data segment according to the update play instruction, and combines the second basic animation display data segment with the current animation display data or Replace the current animation display data with the second base animation display data fragment.
  • the corresponding basic animation display data is acquired according to the basic animation display data acquisition request, and the corresponding update instruction is generated according to the interaction request generated by the interaction with the current animation display data, and the update instruction includes an animation element adding instruction, an animation element deleting instruction, and / or update the play instruction, and send the update instruction to the corresponding target terminal, so that the target terminal updates and displays the current animation display data according to the update instruction.
  • the corresponding update instruction is generated according to the interaction member state corresponding to the interaction operation, so that the update display of the current animation display data is implemented according to different update instructions, and the animation display data can be updated according to the user interaction parameter, so that the animation display data display form is diversified.
  • a server is further provided, and the internal structure of the server is as shown in FIG. 13, the server includes a multimedia data display device, and the multimedia data display device includes various modules, and each module can pass all or part of Software, hardware or a combination thereof is implemented.
  • a multimedia data display apparatus including:
  • the detecting module 910 is configured to detect an interaction member status, where the interaction member status is dynamic status data in an interactive member interaction process, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the update instruction generating module 920 is configured to generate a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, where the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier.
  • the first obtaining module 930 is configured to acquire a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and obtain a session member corresponding to the session.
  • the sending update module 940 is configured to send the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier. Update the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • the multimedia data display device detects the interactive member status, and when the interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update command according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update command to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so that the target terminal
  • the current multimedia presentation data is updated according to the multimedia data update instruction.
  • a corresponding update instruction is generated according to the change of the interactive member status and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal updates the current multimedia display data according to the corresponding update instruction, so that the multimedia data display form is diversified.
  • the multimedia data display apparatus further includes:
  • the first receiving module 1010 is configured to receive a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, where the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request includes a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier.
  • the second obtaining module 1020 is configured to obtain corresponding basic multimedia display data according to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.
  • the basic multimedia data display module 1030 is configured to obtain a corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and send the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display data corresponds to the current Multimedia display data.
  • the multimedia data display device further includes:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier.
  • the first update module is configured to obtain an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier does not exist in the interaction member status collection, add the current interaction member identifier to the interaction member status collection, and update the number of interaction members. .
  • the update instruction generation module 920 is further configured to generate a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction when the number of interactive members increases.
  • the first multimedia data update instruction is an element adding instruction
  • the element adding instruction carries the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier
  • the sending update module 940 is further configured to send the element adding instruction to the session member identifier.
  • Corresponding target terminal so that the target terminal acquires a corresponding element to be added according to the identifier of the element to be added. Adding an element to be added to the current multimedia presentation data update generates a corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • the multimedia data display device further includes: a second update module, configured to acquire an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, where the interaction parameter includes a latest interaction time, and the time interval between the latest interaction time and the current time exceeds a preset duration threshold.
  • the interactive member is the interactive member to be deleted, and the member ID of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member status collection, and the number of interactive members is updated.
  • the update instruction generation module 930 is further configured to: when the number of interaction members decreases, generate a corresponding element deletion instruction, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted.
  • the sending update module is further configured to send the element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the multimedia data display device further includes: a third receiving module, configured to receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, where the interaction request carries the current interactive member identifier.
  • the third update module is configured to obtain an interaction member state set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier exists in the interaction member state collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, and is updated according to the latest interaction time. The interaction parameters of the current interactive member ID.
  • the update instruction generating module 930 is further configured to generate a corresponding first play modification instruction when the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member is changed, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the first play modification parameter .
  • the sending update module 940 is further configured to: obtain, by the target terminal, the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and update the playing state of the first element data according to the first playing modification parameter.
  • the update instruction generating module 930 is further configured to: when detecting that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generate a second play modification instruction, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia display data identifier and a second play modification parameter. .
  • the sending update module 940 is further configured to enable the target terminal to update the playing state of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the second playing modification parameter.
  • the update instruction generating module 930 is further configured to: when it is detected that the number of interactive members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment playing condition, generate an update play instruction, where the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier .
  • the sending update module 940 is further configured to send the update play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia display data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, and displays the second basic multimedia display.
  • the data segment is displayed in conjunction with the first base multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replaces the first base multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with the second base multimedia presentation data segment.
  • the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identifier
  • the sending update module 940 is further configured to send the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target presentation member identifier.
  • the multimedia data display apparatus further includes:
  • the playback duration acquisition module 1110 is configured to acquire a preset playback duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data.
  • the instruction generating module 1120 is configured to generate an end play instruction when detecting that the interactive member status does not change within a preset playing time period or the number of interactive members does not reach a preset number threshold.
  • the instruction sending module 1130 is configured to send the end playing instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the ending playing instruction.
  • a terminal is further provided.
  • the internal structure of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 14.
  • the terminal includes a multimedia data display device, and the multimedia data display device includes various modules, and each module may pass all or part of Software, hardware or a combination thereof is implemented.
  • a multimedia data display apparatus including:
  • the interaction request generating module 1210 is configured to generate an interaction request according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the sending module 1220 is configured to send the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier.
  • the receiving display module 1230 is configured to receive a multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, obtain corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, update the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and perform update display.
  • a multimedia data display device generates a corresponding interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request, and receives the multimedia returned by the server.
  • the data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction, and displays the updated multimedia presentation data.
  • the corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.
  • the receiving and displaying module 1230 is further configured to receive an element adding instruction returned by the server, where the element adding instruction carries the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and obtains a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and is to be Adding an element to the current multimedia presentation data update generates a corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive an element deletion instruction returned by the server, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier.
  • the target element is obtained according to the target element identifier, and the target element data is deleted from the current multimedia display data.
  • the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier. And acquiring the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and updating the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter.
  • the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive a second play modification instruction returned by the server, where the second play modification instruction carries a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a second play modification parameter. And updating, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier.
  • the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive an update play instruction returned by the server, where the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier. Obtaining, according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displaying the current multimedia presentation data segment The first basic multimedia presentation data segment is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment.
  • the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive an end playing instruction returned by the server, and end displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the ending playing instruction.
  • the server is connected to a processor, a memory, and a network interface through a system connection bus.
  • the memory includes a nonvolatile storage medium and an internal memory.
  • the non-volatile storage medium of the server can store an operating system, a database, and computer readable instructions.
  • the computer readable instructions when executed, may cause the processor to perform a method of displaying multimedia data for storing data.
  • the server's processor is used to provide computing and control capabilities that support the operation of the entire server.
  • the server's network interface is used for network communication, such as receiving interactive requests, generating multimedia data update commands, and the like.
  • the server can be implemented as a standalone server or a server cluster consisting of multiple servers.
  • FIG. 13 is only a block diagram of a part of the structure related to the solution of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the server to which the solution of the present application is applied.
  • the specific server may include More or fewer components are shown in the figures, or some components are combined, or have different component arrangements.
  • the multimedia data presentation apparatus may be implemented in the form of a computer readable instruction executable on a server as shown in FIG. 13 for non-volatile storage on a server
  • the medium can store various computer readable instruction modules constituting the multimedia data display device, such as the detection module 910, the update instruction generation module 920, the first acquisition module 930, and the transmission update module 940 in FIG.
  • Each computer readable instruction module includes computer readable instructions for causing a server to perform the steps in the multimedia data presentation method of various embodiments of the present application described in this specification, the processor in the server being capable of invoking the server
  • Each computer readable instruction module of the multimedia data presentation device stored in the non-volatile storage medium runs corresponding computer readable instructions to implement functions corresponding to respective modules of the multimedia data display device in the present specification.
  • the server may detect the interaction member status through the detection module 910 in the multimedia data display device as shown in FIG. 9.
  • the interaction member status is dynamic status data in the interaction process of the interaction member, and the interaction member interacts with the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the member, the update instruction generation module 920 generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier, and the first acquisition module 930 acquires the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and acquires the session member corresponding to the session. And sending, by the sending update module 940, the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier. Update the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal in one embodiment.
  • the terminal includes a processor, memory and network interface, display screen and input device connected by a system bus.
  • the memory includes a nonvolatile storage medium and an internal memory.
  • the non-volatile storage medium of the computer device can store an operating system, a database, and computer readable instructions.
  • the computer readable instructions when executed, may cause the processor to perform a method of displaying multimedia data for storing data.
  • the processor of the terminal is used to provide computing and control capabilities to support the operation of the entire terminal.
  • the network interface is used for network communication with the server, such as sending an interactive request to the server, receiving multimedia data update instructions, and the like.
  • the display screen of the terminal may be a liquid crystal display or an electronic ink display screen.
  • the input device may be a touch layer covered on the display screen, or may be a button, a trackball or a touchpad provided on the terminal housing, or may be an external device. Keyboard, trackpad or mouse.
  • the terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet or a personal digital assistant or a wearable device.
  • FIG. 14 is only a block diagram of a part of the structure related to the solution of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the terminal to which the solution of the present application is applied.
  • the specific terminal may include a ratio. More or fewer components are shown in the figures, or some components are combined, or have different component arrangements.
  • the multimedia data presentation apparatus may be implemented in the form of a computer readable instruction executable on a terminal as shown in FIG. 14, a nonvolatile storage medium of the terminal.
  • the computer readable instruction modules constituting the multimedia data presentation device such as the interaction request generation module 1210, the transmission module 1220, and the reception presentation module 1230 in FIG.
  • Each computer readable instruction module includes computer readable instructions for causing a terminal to perform the steps in the multimedia data presentation method of various embodiments of the present application described in this specification, the processor in the terminal being capable of invoking the terminal
  • Each computer readable instruction module of the multimedia data presentation device stored in the non-volatile storage medium runs corresponding computer readable instructions to implement functions corresponding to respective modules of the multimedia data display device in the present specification.
  • the terminal may generate an interaction request according to the interaction operation generated by the interaction request generating module 1210 in the multimedia data display device as shown in FIG. 12, and send the interaction request to the server through the sending module 1220, so that the terminal sends the interaction request to the server through the sending module 1220.
  • the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier, and receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server through the receiving and displaying module 1230, and obtains the multimedia data identifier according to the multimedia data identifier.
  • updating the multimedia data updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing an update display.
  • One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps:
  • the interactive member status is the dynamic state data in the interactive member interaction process, the interactive member is a member interacting with the current multimedia presentation data; generating the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries The multimedia data identifier; the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is obtained, and the session member corresponding to the session is obtained; the multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier; Update multimedia data to update current multimedia display data.
  • the computer readable storage medium detects an interactive member status, and when an interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so as to achieve the target
  • the terminal updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction.
  • a corresponding update instruction is generated according to the change of the interactive member status and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal updates the current multimedia display data according to the corresponding update instruction, so that the multimedia data display form is diversified.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further comprises the steps of: receiving a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request comprising a base multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier;
  • the basic multimedia display data identifier acquires the corresponding basic multimedia display data; obtains the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and sends the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display The data corresponds to the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further performs the steps of: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier; and obtaining the current multimedia presentation data corresponding to The interactive member state collection, if the current interactive member identifier does not exist in the interactive member state collection, the current interactive member identifier is added to the interactive member state collection, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first is generated. Multimedia data update instructions.
  • the first multimedia data update instruction is an element addition instruction
  • the element addition instruction carries an element identification to be added corresponding to the current interaction member identifier.
  • the processor further causes the processor to execute the following Step: Send an element addition instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier; and adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate a corresponding second multimedia. Display data.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to perform the following steps: obtaining an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, the interaction parameter including the latest interaction time; and the time interval between the latest interaction time and the current time is exceeded
  • the interactive member of the preset duration threshold is used as the interactive member to be deleted, and the member identifier of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member state set, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members is decreased, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element is deleted.
  • the instruction carries the corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted; the element deletion instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, from the current multimedia display.
  • the target element data is deleted from the data.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further performs the steps of: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier; and obtaining the current multimedia presentation data corresponding to The interactive member state collection, if the current interactive member identifier exists in the interactive member state collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, and the interaction parameter of the current interactive member identifier is updated according to the latest interaction time;
  • the interaction parameter is changed, a corresponding first play modification command is generated, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, so that the target terminal identifies the current multimedia according to the first element.
  • the corresponding first element data is obtained in the display data, and the playing state of the first element data is updated according to the first play modification parameter.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: when detecting that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generating a second play modification command, the second play modification command carrying the basis
  • the multimedia display data identifier and the second play modification parameter are configured to enable the target terminal to update the play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier according to the second play modification parameter.
  • the base multimedia presentation data includes at least two different base multimedia presentation data segments
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to perform the following steps: when detecting the number of interactive members reaches the trigger second
  • the basic multimedia display data segment playing condition generates an update play instruction, and the update play command carries the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier; the update play instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal displays according to the second basic multimedia
  • the data segment identifier acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combines the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displays the first basic multimedia in the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the presentation data segment is replaced with a second basic multimedia presentation data segment.
  • the base multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identifier, and when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, further causing the processor to perform the step of: transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target presentation member identifier terminal.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further performs the steps of: acquiring a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data; and detecting that the interactive member status does not change during the preset playing duration When the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number threshold, an end play instruction is generated; the end play command is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia display data according to the end play instruction.
  • a computer apparatus comprising one or more processors, a memory and one or more programs, the memory having computer readable instructions stored thereon, the computer readable instructions being When executed, the processor performs the following steps: detecting the status of the interactive member, the interactive member status is the dynamic state data in the interaction process of the interactive member, the interactive member is a member interacting with the current multimedia display data; and generating the multimedia according to the update of the interactive member status
  • the data update instruction the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier; obtains the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, acquires the session member corresponding to the session; and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal is based on the multimedia data. Identifying the corresponding updated multimedia data; updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.
  • the computer device detects the interactive member status, and when the interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so that the target terminal is based on the multimedia
  • the data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data.
  • a corresponding update instruction is generated according to the change of the interactive member status and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal updates the current multimedia display data according to the corresponding update instruction, so that the multimedia data display form is diversified.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: receiving a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request including the basic multimedia presentation data identifier and the current session identifier; and obtaining the basic multimedia presentation data identifier Corresponding basic multimedia display data; obtaining the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and transmitting the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display data corresponds to the current multimedia display. data.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier, and acquiring an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, If the current interactive member identifier does not exist in the interactive member status collection, the current interactive member identifier is added to the interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction is generated. .
  • the first multimedia data update instruction is an element addition instruction
  • the element addition instruction carries an element identification to be added corresponding to the current interaction member identifier
  • the computer readable instruction further causes the processor to perform the following steps: adding an instruction to the element Sending to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier; and adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate the corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: acquiring an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, the interaction parameter including the latest interaction time; and interacting the latest interaction time with the current time interval exceeding a preset duration threshold
  • the member ID of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members is decreased, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element deletion instruction carries the corresponding target element.
  • the identifier, the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted; the element deletion instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data. .
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier, and acquiring an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, If the current interaction member identifier exists in the interaction member status collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, and the interaction parameter of the current interaction member identifier is updated according to the latest interaction time; when the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member changes, the generation is generated.
  • the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, so that the target terminal obtains the corresponding information from the current multimedia display data according to the first element identifier.
  • the first element data updates the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to: when detecting that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generating a second play modification command, the second play modification command carrying the basic multimedia display data identifier, And playing the modification parameter; the target terminal is configured to update the playing state of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the second playback modification parameter.
  • the base multimedia presentation data includes at least two different base multimedia presentation data segments
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the step of: triggering the second basic multimedia presentation data segment playback when the number of interactive members is detected
  • the update play command is generated, and the update play command carries the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier; the update play command is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal obtains the corresponding according to the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier.
  • a second basic multimedia presentation data segment combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replacing the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with the first Two basic multimedia presentation data fragments.
  • the base multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identification
  • the computer readable instructions further causing the processor to perform the step of: transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target presentation member identification.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: acquiring a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data; detecting that the interactive member status does not change or the number of interactive members is not reached within the preset playing duration When the threshold is preset, the end playback command is generated; the end playback command is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end playback instruction.
  • One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the steps of: displaying with the current multimedia
  • the data generates an interactive interaction operation to generate an interaction request, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier;
  • the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server obtains the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display.
  • the computer readable storage medium generates a corresponding interaction request according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request, and receives the server.
  • the returned multimedia data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction, and displays the updated multimedia presentation data.
  • the corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further comprises the steps of: receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, the element adding instruction carrying the identifier of the element to be added corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; The element identifier acquires a corresponding element to be added, and adds the element to be added to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate a corresponding second multimedia display data.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: receive an element deletion instruction returned by the server, the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier; and obtain a corresponding target according to the target element identifier Element that removes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: receive a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification instruction carries the first element data corresponding to the current interactive member identifier And determining, by the first play modification parameter, the corresponding first element data is obtained from the current multimedia display data according to the first element identifier, and the playing state of the first element data is updated according to the first play modification parameter.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: receive a second play modification instruction returned by the server, the second play modification instruction carrying the basic multimedia presentation data identifier, the second play modification Parameter: updating the playing state of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier according to the second play modification parameter.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further comprises the steps of: receiving an update play instruction returned by the server, the update play instruction carrying the second base multimedia presentation data segment identifier; Demonstrating the data segment identifier to obtain the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displaying the first basis in the current multimedia presentation data The multimedia presentation data segment is replaced with a second basic multimedia presentation data segment.
  • the processor when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor is further caused to perform the steps of: receiving an end play instruction returned by the server, and ending displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction.
  • a computer apparatus comprising one or more processors, a memory having stored therein computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor such that The processor performs the following steps: generating an interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sending the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status.
  • the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier; the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display.
  • the computer device generates a corresponding interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request, and receives the multimedia returned by the server.
  • the data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction, and displays the updated multimedia presentation data.
  • the corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, the element adding instruction carrying the identifier of the element to be added corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; and obtaining the corresponding waiting according to the element identifier to be added Adding an element, adding the element to be added to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to: receive an element deletion instruction returned by the server, the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier; and obtain a corresponding target element according to the target element identifier, from the current multimedia presentation The target element data is deleted from the data.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification instruction carries the first element data identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the first play modification And acquiring the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and updating the playing state of the first element data according to the first playing modification parameter.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: receiving a second play modification instruction returned by the server, the second play modification instruction carrying the basic multimedia presentation data identifier, the second play modification parameter; Modifying the parameter to update the playing status of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to: receive an update play instruction returned by the server, the update play instruction carries a second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier; and obtain a corresponding according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier The second basic multimedia presentation data segment, combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replacing the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with The second basic multimedia presentation data fragment.
  • the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: receiving an end play instruction returned by the server, and ending displaying the current multimedia presentation data in accordance with the end play instruction.
  • the readable storage medium which when executed, may include the flow of an embodiment of the methods as described above.
  • the storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or the like.
  • the various steps in the various embodiments of the present application are not necessarily performed in the order indicated by the steps. Except as explicitly stated herein, the execution of these steps is not strictly limited, and the steps may be performed in other orders. Moreover, at least some of the steps in the embodiments may include multiple sub-steps or multiple stages, which are not necessarily performed at the same time, but may be executed at different times, and the execution of these sub-steps or stages The order is also not necessarily sequential, but may be performed alternately or alternately with other steps or at least a portion of the sub-steps or stages of the other steps.
  • Non-volatile memory can include read only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), electrically programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can include random access memory (RAM) or external cache memory.
  • RAM is available in a variety of formats, such as static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDRSDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronization chain.
  • SRAM static RAM
  • DRAM dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced SDRAM
  • Synchlink DRAM SLDRAM
  • Memory Bus Radbus
  • RDRAM Direct RAM
  • DRAM Direct Memory Bus Dynamic RAM
  • RDRAM Memory Bus Dynamic RAM

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)

Abstract

L'invention concerne un procédé de présentation de données multimédias, consistant : à détecter, au moyen d'un serveur, un état d'élément interactif, l'état d'élément interactif étant des données d'état dynamique dans un processus d'interaction d'un élément interactif, et l'élément interactif étant un élément qui interagit avec des données de présentation multimédia actuelles ; à générer, en fonction de la mise à jour de l'état d'élément interactif, une instruction de mise à jour de données multimédias, l'instruction de mise à jour de données multimédias comportant un identifiant de données multimédias ; à acquérir une session correspondant aux données de présentation multimédia actuelles et à acquérir un élément de session correspondant à la session ; et à envoyer l'instruction de mise à jour de données multimédias à un terminal cible correspondant à l'élément de session de telle sorte que le terminal cible acquière les données multimédias mises à jour correspondantes en fonction de l'identifiant de données multimédias ; et à mettre à jour, en fonction des données multimédias mises à jour, les données de présentation multimédia actuelles.A method for presenting multimedia data, comprising: detecting, using a server, an interactive element state, the interactive element state being dynamic state data in a process of interaction of an interactive element, and the interactive element being an element that interacts with current multimedia presentation data; generating, according to the update of the interactive element status, a multimedia data update instruction, the multimedia data update instruction including a multimedia data identifier; acquiring a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data and acquiring a session item corresponding to the session; and sending the multimedia update instruction to a target terminal corresponding to the session element such that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the media data identifier; and updating, based on the updated multimedia data, the current multimedia presentation data.

Description

多媒体数据展示方法、存储介质和计算机设备Multimedia data display method, storage medium and computer device

本申请要求于2017年09月12日提交中国专利局,申请号为201710817110.0,申请名称为“多媒体数据展示方法、装置、存储介质和计算机设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application entitled "Multimedia Data Display Method, Apparatus, Storage Media and Computer Equipment", filed on September 12, 2017, with the application number of 201710817110.0, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference. Combined in this application.

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及计算机技术领域,特别是涉及一种多媒体数据展示方法、存储介质和计算机设备。The present application relates to the field of computer technologies, and in particular, to a multimedia data display method, a storage medium, and a computer device.

背景技术Background technique

随着网络技术的不断发展,用户之间通过越来越多的方式传递信息进行交流,如发送图片、动画、音视频等多媒体数据信息进行交流互动。传统技术中,发送的图片、动画、视音频等多媒体数据信息一般为固定格式或样式的信息,在对接收到的多媒体数据信息进行展示时,只能按照接收到的多媒体数据信息的固定格式或样式进行展示,表现形式单一。With the continuous development of network technology, users communicate information through more and more ways, such as sending pictures, animations, audio and video and other multimedia data information for interaction. In the conventional technology, the multimedia data information such as pictures, animations, video and audio transmitted is generally a fixed format or style information, and when displaying the received multimedia data information, it can only follow the fixed format of the received multimedia data information or The style is displayed and the expression is single.

发明内容Summary of the invention

根据本申请提供的各种实施例,提供一种多媒体数据展示方法、存储介质和计算机设备。According to various embodiments provided by the present application, a multimedia data presentation method, a storage medium, and a computer device are provided.

一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:A multimedia data display method includes:

服务器检测互动成员状态,所述互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,所述互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;The server detects an interaction member status, where the interactive member status is dynamic status data in an interactive member interaction process, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data;

所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,所述多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;The server generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, where the multimedia data update instruction carries a multimedia data identifier;

所述服务器获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取所述会话对 应的会话成员;Obtaining, by the server, a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and acquiring a session member corresponding to the session;

所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;及Sending, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier;

所述服务器根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据。The server updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.

一种计算机设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器中存储有计算机可读指令,所述计算机可读指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:A computer device comprising a memory and a processor, the memory storing computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor such that the processor performs the following steps:

检测互动成员状态,所述互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,所述互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;Detecting an interactive member state, the interactive member state being dynamic state data in an interactive member interaction process, the interactive member being a member interacting with current multimedia presentation data;

根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,所述多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;Generating a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, where the multimedia data update instruction carries a multimedia data identifier;

获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取所述会话对应的会话成员;Obtaining a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and acquiring a session member corresponding to the session;

将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;及Sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier;

根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据。Updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.

一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:A multimedia data display method includes:

终端根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;及The terminal generates an interaction request according to the interaction operation with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction. Carrying multimedia data identification; and

所述终端接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。The terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display.

一种计算机设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器中存储有计算机可读指令,所述计算机可读指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行如 下步骤:A computer apparatus comprising a memory and a processor, the memory storing computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor, causing the processor to perform the following steps:

根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;及Generating an interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sending the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries Multimedia data identification; and

接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。Receiving the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquiring corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing update display.

一个或多个存储有计算机可读指令的非易失性存储介质,所述计算机可读指令被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得一个或多个处理器执行如下步骤:One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps:

检测互动成员状态,所述互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,所述互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,所述多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取所述会话对应的会话成员;将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;及根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据。Detecting an interactive member state, the interactive member state is dynamic state data in an interactive member interaction process, the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data; and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member state, The multimedia data update instruction carries a multimedia data identifier; the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is acquired, and the session member corresponding to the session is obtained; and the multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, And causing the target terminal to acquire corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier; and updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.

一个或多个存储有计算机可读指令的非易失性存储介质,所述计算机可读指令被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得一个或多个处理器执行如下步骤:One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps:

根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;及Generating an interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sending the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries Multimedia data identification; and

接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。Receiving the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquiring corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing update display.

本申请的一个或多个实施例的细节在下面的附图和描述中提出。本申请的其它特征、目的和优点将从说明书、附图以及权利要求书变得明显。Details of one or more embodiments of the present application are set forth in the accompanying drawings and description below. Other features, objects, and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the description and appended claims.

附图说明DRAWINGS

为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the drawings used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present application. Other drawings may also be obtained from those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the inventive work.

图1为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的应用环境图;1 is an application environment diagram of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment;

图2为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的流程图;2 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment;

图3为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的流程图;3 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment;

图4为另一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的流程图;4 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in another embodiment;

图5为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment; FIG.

图6为另一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的流程图;6 is a flow chart of a multimedia data display method in another embodiment;

图7为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的流程图;7 is a flowchart of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment;

图7A为一个实施例中动画变化展示的逻辑关系图;7A is a logic diagram showing an animation change display in an embodiment;

图7B为一个实施例中多媒体展示数据展示过程示意图;7B is a schematic diagram of a multimedia presentation data display process in an embodiment;

图8为一个具体实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的流程图;FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a multimedia data display method in a specific embodiment; FIG.

图8A为一个实施例中动画展示的效果示意图;FIG. 8A is a schematic diagram showing an effect of an animation display in an embodiment; FIG.

图9为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示装置的结构框图;9 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display device in an embodiment;

图10为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示装置的结构框图;FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display apparatus in an embodiment; FIG.

图11为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示装置的结构框图;11 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display device in an embodiment;

图12为另一个实施例中多媒体数据展示装置的结构框图;12 is a structural block diagram of a multimedia data display apparatus in another embodiment;

图13为一个实施例中服务器的内部结构图;及Figure 13 is a diagram showing the internal structure of a server in an embodiment; and

图14为一个实施例中终端的内部结构图。Figure 14 is a diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal in an embodiment.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

为了使本申请的目的、技术方案及优点更加清楚明白,以下结合附图及实施例,对本申请进行进一步详细说明。应当理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请,并不用于限定本申请。In order to make the objects, technical solutions, and advantages of the present application more comprehensible, the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments. It is understood that the specific embodiments described herein are merely illustrative of the application and are not intended to be limiting.

可以理解,本发明所使用的术语“第一”、“第二”等可在本文中用于描述各种元件,但这些元件不受这些术语限制。这些术语仅用于将第一个元件与另一个元件区分。举例来说,在不脱离本发明的范围的情况下,可以将第一终端称为第二终端,且类似地,可将第二终端称为第一终端。第一终端和第二终端两者都是终端,但其不是同一终端。It will be understood that the terms "first", "second" and the like, as used herein, may be used to describe various elements, but these elements are not limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first terminal may be referred to as a second terminal, and similarly, a second terminal may be referred to as a first terminal, without departing from the scope of the present invention. Both the first terminal and the second terminal are terminals, but they are not the same terminal.

图1为一个实施例中多媒体数据展示方法的应用环境图。如图1所示,该应用环境包括第一终端110、服务器120和第二终端130,终端110、服务器120与第二终端130之间均可以通过网络进行通信。第一终端110根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成对应的互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器120,服务器120根据接收的互动请求检测互动成员状态,生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,并将生成的多媒体数据更新指令发送至第一终端110以及第二终端130,终端110、第二终端130根据接收到的多媒体数据更新指令获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并展示更新后的当前多媒体展示数据。终端110、终端130均可以是手机、平板电脑或者个人数字助理或穿戴式设备等,且其中第二终端130也可向服务器120发送互动请求。FIG. 1 is an application environment diagram of a multimedia data display method in an embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1 , the application environment includes a first terminal 110, a server 120, and a second terminal 130. The terminal 110, the server 120, and the second terminal 130 can communicate through a network. The first terminal 110 generates a corresponding interaction request according to the interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server 120. The server 120 detects the interaction member status according to the received interaction request, and generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and Sending the generated multimedia data update instruction to the first terminal 110 and the second terminal 130, the terminal 110 and the second terminal 130 acquire corresponding updated multimedia data according to the received multimedia data update instruction, and update the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. And display the updated current multimedia display data. The terminal 110 and the terminal 130 may each be a mobile phone, a tablet computer or a personal digital assistant or a wearable device, and the second terminal 130 may also send an interaction request to the server 120.

如图2所示,在一个实施例中,提供一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括以下内容:As shown in FIG. 2, in an embodiment, a multimedia data display method is provided, including the following:

步骤S210,检测互动成员状态,互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员。Step S210: Detecting the status of the interactive member, the interactive member status is dynamic state data in the interactive member interaction process, and the interactive member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia display data.

其中,多媒体展示数据是指在显示界面展示的多媒体数据,多媒体数据是指包括多种媒体的综合数据,多媒体数据包括文字、图形、声音、图像、动画等数据。当前多媒体展示数据为当前显示界面展示的多媒体数据,多媒体展示数据能够接收用户操作进行互动,如在多媒体展示数据的展示界面提 供互动入口,互动入口可以设置在当前多媒体展示数据上也可以设置在当前多媒体展示数据对应的展示界面上的预设位置。The multimedia presentation data refers to multimedia data displayed on the display interface, and the multimedia data refers to comprehensive data including a plurality of media, and the multimedia data includes text, graphics, sound, images, animation and the like. The current multimedia display data is the multimedia data displayed by the current display interface, and the multimedia display data can receive user interactions, such as providing an interactive portal in the display interface of the multimedia display data, and the interactive portal can be set on the current multimedia display data or can be set at the current The preset position on the display interface corresponding to the multimedia presentation data.

进一步地,当前多媒体展示数据可以包括基础多媒体展示数据和更新多媒体展示数据,更新多媒体展示数据根据互动成员的互动参数在基础多媒体展示数据的基础上变化得到,与基于同一个基础多媒体展示数据的当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员为对应的基础多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员。互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,包括互动成员数目和/或互动成员对应的互动参数,互动参数是指互动成员互动过程中各个互动成员对应的互动数据,互动参数包括参与互动时间、参与互动时长、互动次数等。Further, the current multimedia presentation data may include basic multimedia presentation data and updated multimedia presentation data, and the updated multimedia presentation data is changed based on the interaction parameters of the interactive members on the basis of the basic multimedia presentation data, and the current data based on the same basic multimedia presentation data The multimedia presentation data generates interactive members for the interactive members corresponding to the corresponding basic multimedia presentation data. The interactive member status is the dynamic state data in the interaction process of the interactive member, including the number of interaction members and/or the interaction parameters corresponding to the interaction member. The interaction parameter refers to the interaction data corresponding to each interaction member in the interaction process of the interaction member, and the interaction parameters include participation interaction. Time, length of interaction, number of interactions, etc.

具体地,当前互动成员与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动后,记载当前互动成员对应的互动参数,如互动更新时间、互动次数等,各个互动成员参加一次互动对应的互动时间可以预先设定,同时,根据各个互动成员对应的成员标识统计对应的基础多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员数目。Specifically, after the current interactive member interacts with the current multimedia display data, the interaction parameters corresponding to the current interactive member are recorded, such as the interaction update time, the number of interactions, etc., and the interaction time of each interactive member participating in an interaction may be preset, and The number of interactive members corresponding to the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the member identification statistics corresponding to each interactive member.

进一步地,检测当前时刻互动成员状态,检测与上一时刻相比当前时刻对应的互动成员数目和/或各个互动成员的互动参数是否发生变化,可以通过检测互动成员的互动时间是否达到预设互动时长或互动成员的最新互动时间是否更新等检测互动成员的互动参数是否发生变化。Further, detecting the status of the interactive member at the current moment, detecting whether the number of interactive members corresponding to the current moment and/or the interaction parameter of each interactive member change compared with the previous moment, and detecting whether the interaction time of the interactive member reaches the preset interaction Whether the interaction time of the interactive member is changed, such as whether the latest interaction time of the interactive member or the interactive member is updated.

步骤S220,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识。Step S220: Generate a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier.

具体地,当检测到互动成员状态发生变化,如互动成员数目增加或减少,至少一个互动成员对应的互动参数发生变化,根据不同的互动成员状态的更新情况生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带对应的多媒体数据标识。进一步地,各个多媒体数据对应不同的多媒体数据标识,可以将多媒体数据标识与对应的互动成员标识建立关联关系,用于进一步表示多媒体数据。Specifically, when it is detected that the status of the interactive member changes, for example, the number of interactive members increases or decreases, the interaction parameter corresponding to the at least one interactive member changes, and the corresponding multimedia data update instruction is generated according to the update status of different interactive member states, and the multimedia data is generated. The update instruction carries a corresponding multimedia data identifier. Further, each multimedia data corresponds to a different multimedia data identifier, and the multimedia data identifier may be associated with the corresponding interactive member identifier for further representing the multimedia data.

步骤S230,获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取会话对应的会话 成员。Step S230: Acquire a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and obtain a session member corresponding to the session.

具体地,当前多媒体展示数据展示画面为会话对应的显示界面,会话可以是单人会话、多人会话,会话对应唯一的会话标识,且同一个会话中的会话成员对应成员标识的同时,对应相同的会话标识。获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话标识,根据会话标识获取对应的会话成员。Specifically, the current multimedia presentation data display screen is a display interface corresponding to the session, and the session may be a single-person session, a multi-person session, and the session corresponds to a unique session identifier, and the session member corresponding to the member identifier in the same session has the same Session ID. Obtain the session identifier corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and obtain the corresponding session member according to the session identifier.

步骤S240,将多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据。Step S240: Send the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data.

其中,会话成员对应的目标终端是指登录会话成员对应的会话账号的终端,一个会话成员对应的目标终端可以为一个或多个终端。The target terminal corresponding to the session member refers to the terminal of the session account corresponding to the session member, and the target terminal corresponding to one session member may be one or more terminals.

具体地,将生成的多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据更新指令携带的多媒体数据标识,获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,如将更新多媒体数据与当前多媒体展示数据结合或将更新多媒体数据替换当前多媒体展示数据生成对应的更新后的多媒体展示数据。Specifically, the generated multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier carried by the multimedia data update instruction, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. For example, the updated multimedia data is combined with the current multimedia presentation data or the updated multimedia data is replaced with the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding updated multimedia presentation data.

进一步地,本实施例中的方法可以使用服务器实现也可以使用终端实现,如通过设置终端权限设置终端为管理终端用以控制其他终端,如接收其他终端发送的互动请求,向其他终端发送多媒体数据更新指令以控制其他终端的界面显示。Further, the method in this embodiment may be implemented by using a server or by using a terminal. For example, by setting a terminal authority setting terminal, the management terminal is used to control other terminals, for example, receiving an interaction request sent by another terminal, and transmitting multimedia data to other terminals. Update instructions to control the interface display of other terminals.

上述多媒体数据展示方法,检测互动成员状态,当检测到互动成员状态更新时,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,将多媒体数据更新指令发送至当前会话对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据。通过检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态变化生成对应的更新指令并发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据对应的更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,将多媒体数据展示形式与互动成员状态相关联,使多媒体数据展示形式多样化。The multimedia data display method detects the interactive member status, and when the interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so that the target terminal The current multimedia presentation data is updated according to the multimedia data update instruction. By detecting the status of the interactive member, generating a corresponding update instruction according to the change of the interactive member status and transmitting the corresponding update instruction to the target terminal, so that the target terminal updates the current multimedia display data according to the corresponding update instruction, and associates the multimedia data display form with the interactive member status, so that The form of multimedia data display is diversified.

如图3所示,在一个实施例中,步骤S210之前包括:As shown in FIG. 3, in an embodiment, before step S210, the method includes:

步骤S310,接收基础多媒体展示数据获取请求,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求包括基础多媒体展示数据标识和当前会话标识,基础多媒体展示数据以消息的形式展示,根据作用于消息的操作更新互动成员状态。Step S310: Receive a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, where the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request includes a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier, and the basic multimedia presentation data is displayed in the form of a message, and the interaction member status is updated according to the operation acting on the message.

其中,基础多媒体展示数据为预先设置的多媒体数据,可以预先将基础多媒体展示数据存储在基础多媒体展示数据集合中,各个基础多媒体展示数据对应唯一的标识。基础多媒体展示数据以消息的形式展示,消息为当前会话标识对应的会话成员中的其中一个成员发送至当前会话标识对应的目标终端中的消息,基础多媒体展示数据可以为图像、文字、图形、声音、动画等数据。The basic multimedia display data is pre-set multimedia data, and the basic multimedia display data may be stored in the basic multimedia display data set in advance, and each basic multimedia display data corresponds to a unique identifier. The basic multimedia presentation data is displayed in the form of a message, and the message is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier by one of the member members corresponding to the current session identifier, and the basic multimedia presentation data may be an image, a text, a graphic, or a sound. , animation and other data.

基础多媒体展示数据标识为当前基础多媒体展示数据获取请求待获取的基础多媒体展示数据对应的标识,当前会话标识为展示当前多媒体展示数据的会话对应的标识。The basic multimedia presentation data identifier is an identifier corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data to be acquired by the current basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, and the current session identifier is an identifier corresponding to the session displaying the current multimedia presentation data.

进一步地,后续互动成员与多媒体展示数据进行互动生成互动请求均是在该消息的基础上进行的,例如,会话成员在当前会话标识对应的当前会话中发送了一条消息,该消息的内容为可互动的基础多媒体展示数据,当前会话对应的会话成员接收到该消息后,即可对可互动的基础多媒体展示数据进行互动操作,从而更新基础多媒体展示数据。Further, the interaction of the subsequent interaction member and the multimedia presentation data to generate the interaction request is performed on the basis of the message. For example, the session member sends a message in the current session corresponding to the current session identifier, and the content of the message is The interactive basic multimedia display data, after the session member corresponding to the current session receives the message, can interact with the interactive basic multimedia display data to update the basic multimedia display data.

步骤S320,根据基础多媒体展示数据标识获取对应的基础多媒体展示数据。Step S320: Acquire corresponding basic multimedia display data according to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.

具体地,各个基础多媒体展示数据对应唯一的标识,获取基础多媒体展示数据获取请求中的基础多媒体展示数据标识,根据基础多媒体展示数据标识从基础多媒体展示数据集合中获取目标基础多媒体展示数据。Specifically, each basic multimedia presentation data corresponds to a unique identifier, obtains a basic multimedia presentation data identifier in the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, and acquires the target basic multimedia presentation data from the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.

步骤S330,根据当前会话标识获取对应的成员标识,将基础多媒体展示数据发送至成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端展示基础多媒体展示数据,基础多媒体展示数据对应为当前多媒体展示数据。Step S330: Acquire the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and send the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display data corresponds to the current multimedia display data.

具体地,获取基础多媒体展示数据获取请求中对应的会话标识,根据会话标识获取会话对应的各个会话成员对应的成员标识,将获取到的目标基础 多媒体展示数据发送至各个成员标识对应的目标终端,目标终端为登录会话成员对应的会话账号的终端,以使目标终端展示获取到的基础多媒体展示数据。Specifically, the corresponding session identifier in the basic multimedia display data acquisition request is obtained, and the member identifier corresponding to each session member corresponding to the session is obtained according to the session identifier, and the obtained target basic multimedia display data is sent to the target terminal corresponding to each member identifier. The target terminal is a terminal that logs in to the session account corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal displays the acquired basic multimedia presentation data.

在其他实施例中,可预先设置基础多媒体展示数据对应的可添加多媒体展示数据,根据基础多媒体展示数据获取请求获取基础多媒体展示数据的同时获取对应的可添加多媒体展示数据。In other embodiments, the addable multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data may be preset, and the corresponding multimedia display data may be acquired according to the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request.

如图4所示,在一个实施例中,提供一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:As shown in FIG. 4, in an embodiment, a multimedia data display method is provided, including:

步骤S410,接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识。Step S410: Receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, where the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier.

具体地,当前根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,如预先在当前多媒体展示数据的展示界面或多媒体展示数据中设置互动入口,根据作用于互动入口的操作生成对应的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识,当前互动成员标识用于唯一标记当前互动成员。Specifically, the interaction request is generated according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, such as setting an interaction portal in the display interface of the current multimedia presentation data or the multimedia presentation data, and generating a corresponding interaction request according to the operation acting on the interaction portal. The interactive request carries the current interactive member identification, and the current interactive member identification is used to uniquely mark the current interactive member.

步骤S420,获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识未存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将当前互动成员标识添加至互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目。Step S420: Acquire an interaction member state set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier does not exist in the interaction member state collection, add the current interaction member identifier to the interaction member state collection, and update the number of interaction members.

其中,互动成员状态集合包括当前互动成员数目以及当前统计到的各个互动成员对应的互动参数、互动标识、最新互动时间、互动次数以及当前互动时长等信息组成的集合。The interactive member status set includes a current set of interactive members and a set of information such as interaction parameters, interaction identifiers, latest interaction time, number of interactions, and current interaction duration of each interactive member.

具体地,根据接收到的互动请求,获取当前互动成员标识,将互动成员标识与互动成员状态集合中已存在的各个互动成员标识相比较,若在当前互动成员集合中未找到与当前互动成员标识相同的互动成员标识,则将当前互动成员标识添加至互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目。Specifically, according to the received interaction request, the current interaction member identifier is obtained, and the interaction member identifier is compared with each existing interaction member identifier in the interaction member status collection, and if the current interaction member identifier is not found in the current interaction member collection The same interactive member ID adds the current interactive member ID to the interactive member status collection, updating the number of interactive members.

进一步地,在添加当前互动成员标识的同时,添加当前互动成员对应的参与互动时间、互动次数至互动成员状态集合。Further, while adding the current interactive member identifier, the participating interaction time and the number of interactions corresponding to the current interactive member are added to the interactive member status collection.

步骤S430,检测互动成员状态,互动成员状态包括互动成员数目和/或互动成员对应的互动参数,互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员。Step S430, detecting an interaction member status, where the interaction member status includes an interaction member number and/or an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data.

步骤S440,当互动成员数目增加时,生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令,第一多媒体数据更新指令携带第一多媒体数据标识。Step S440, when the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction is generated, and the first multimedia data update instruction carries the first multimedia data identifier.

具体地,当检测互动成员状态时,检测到互动成员数目增加时,生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令,第一多媒体数据更新指令携带第一多媒体数据标识,进一步地,可预先建立更新多媒体数据与当前多媒体展示数据对应的基础多媒体展示数据的关联关系,在检测到交互成员数目增加时,从与当前多媒体展示数据对应的基础多媒体展示数据关联的更新多媒体数据中获取当前对应的更新多媒体数据,并进一步地,将当前更新多媒体数据与当前互动成员标识建立关联关系。如当前多媒体展示数据为一个夜晚场景的动画,预先将星星、灯光、月亮等动画元素对应的数据与夜晚场景动画建立关联关系,当获取到与夜晚场景的动画的互动请求时,根据互动请求增加对应的互动成员数目后,从夜晚场景的动画预先建立关联关系的元素中获取对应的元素。Specifically, when detecting the interaction member status, detecting that the number of interaction members increases, generating a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction, where the first multimedia data update instruction carries the first multimedia data identifier, and further, The association relationship between the updated multimedia data and the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data may be pre-established, and when the number of interaction members is increased, the current multimedia data associated with the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is obtained. Correspondingly updating the multimedia data, and further, associating the currently updated multimedia data with the current interactive member identifier. For example, the current multimedia display data is an animation of a night scene, and the data corresponding to the animation elements such as stars, lights, and moons are associated with the night scene animation in advance, and when an interaction request with the animation of the night scene is obtained, the interaction request is increased according to the interaction request. After the corresponding number of interactive members, the corresponding elements are obtained from the elements of the night scene animation pre-established association relationship.

步骤S450,获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取会话对应的会话成员。Step S450: Acquire a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and obtain a session member corresponding to the session.

步骤S460,将第一多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据第一多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据。Step S460, the first multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the first multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. Update the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.

具体地,将第一多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据第一多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,其中,更新多媒体数据可以预先存储在终端,终端根据服务器发送的第一多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,也可以存储在服务器,服务器返回多媒体数据标识的同时携带对应的更新多媒体数据,或者,终端再次向服务器请求获取对应的更新多媒体数据。Specifically, the first multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the first multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. The update multimedia data may be pre-stored in the terminal, and the terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the first multimedia data identifier sent by the server, and may also be stored in the server, and the server returns the multimedia data identifier and carries the corresponding updated multimedia data. Or, the terminal requests the server to obtain the corresponding updated multimedia data again.

本实施例中,接收互动请求,当根据互动请求携带的当前互动成员标识 判断当前互动成员未参加互动时,将当前互动成员标识添加至对应的互动成员状态集合中,增加互动成员数目,并根据互动成员数目变化生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令,使目标终端第一多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据。根据当前互动成员标识更新对应的互动成员数目,根据互动成员数目的更新生成对应的第一多媒体数据更换指令,从而根据第一多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,使得当前多媒体展示数据的更新与互动成员的操作结合,提高了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, when receiving the interaction request, when the current interactive member identifier carried according to the interaction request determines that the current interactive member does not participate in the interaction, the current interactive member identifier is added to the corresponding interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is increased, and according to The interaction member number changes generate a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction, so that the target terminal first multimedia data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data. Updating the corresponding number of interactive members according to the current interactive member identifier, and generating a corresponding first multimedia data replacement instruction according to the update of the number of interactive members, so as to update the current multimedia display data according to the first multimedia data update instruction, so that the current multimedia display is performed. The combination of data updates and the interaction of interactive members increases the diversity of multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,第一多媒体数据更新指令为元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前交互成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,步骤S240包括:将元素添加指令发送至会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In an embodiment, the first multimedia data update instruction is an element adding instruction, and the element adding instruction carries the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interaction member identifier, and the step S240 includes: sending the element adding instruction to the target corresponding to the session member identifier. And the terminal, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate the corresponding second multimedia presentation data.

其中,待添加元素标识是指当前多媒体展示数据中的待添加元素,待添加元素可以是构成当前多媒体展示数据的元素中的其中一个或几个,也可以是预先定义的多媒体数据元素,可以预先将待添加元素与对应的基础多媒体展示数据建立关联关系。The element to be added refers to the element to be added in the current multimedia presentation data, and the element to be added may be one or more of the elements constituting the current multimedia presentation data, or may be a predefined multimedia data element, which may be pre-defined. The relationship between the element to be added and the corresponding basic multimedia presentation data is established.

具体地,当检测到互动成员增加时,生成对应的元素添加指令,获取对应的待添加元素标识,待添加元素标识随机分配或按照预定规则分配或者根据交互请求中携带的待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,进一步地,将待添加元素标识与当前互动成员标识建立关联关系,便于对待添加元素进行后续处理。Specifically, when it is detected that the interaction member is increased, the corresponding element addition instruction is generated, and the corresponding element identifier to be added is obtained, and the to-be-added element identifier is randomly allocated or allocated according to a predetermined rule or acquired according to the to-be-added element identifier carried in the interaction request. The element to be added is further associated with the current interactive member identifier, so that the added element can be processed later.

将元素添加指令发送至对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据元素添加指令获取对应的待添加元素,将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据中更新生成第二多媒体展示数据,将第二多媒体展示数据作为当前多媒体展示数据。如当前多媒体展示数据为动画,则将动画分为基础动画层和可添加动画层,可添加动画层叠加在基础动画层之上,将待添加元素绘制在可添加动画层中,使待添加元素与当前动画混合展示。Sending an element addition instruction to the corresponding target terminal, so that the target terminal acquires a corresponding element to be added according to the element adding instruction, adds the element to be added to the current multimedia display data, and generates a second multimedia display data, and the second Multimedia display data as current multimedia display data. If the current multimedia display data is an animation, the animation is divided into a basic animation layer and an animation layer can be added, an animation layer can be added on top of the basic animation layer, and the to-be-added element is drawn in the animation layer to be added, so that the element to be added is added. Mix and display with the current animation.

本实施例中,在检测到互动成员数目增加时,获取对应的待添加元素标识,并生成对应的元素添加指令,将元素添加指令发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据元素添加指令将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据,更新多媒体展示数据生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。当互动成员数目增加时,生成元素添加指令,添加对应的元素至当前多媒体展示数据,使得当互动成员数目增多时,当前多媒体展示数据对应的元素相应增加,提高多媒体数据展示多样性的同时,能够反映当前多媒体展示数据对应的交互成员的交互状态。In this embodiment, when it is detected that the number of interactive members increases, the corresponding element identifier to be added is acquired, and a corresponding element adding instruction is generated, and an element adding instruction is sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal is to be added according to the element adding instruction. The element is added to the current multimedia presentation data, and the multimedia presentation data is updated to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data. When the number of interactive members is increased, an element adding instruction is generated, and the corresponding element is added to the current multimedia display data, so that when the number of interactive members increases, the corresponding elements of the current multimedia display data are correspondingly increased, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Reflects the interaction status of the interactive members corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data.

如图5所示,在一个实施例中,提供一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:As shown in FIG. 5, in an embodiment, a multimedia data display method is provided, including:

步骤S510,获取互动成员对应的互动参数,互动参数包括最新互动时间。Step S510: Acquire an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, and the interaction parameter includes the latest interaction time.

具体地,实时检测各个互动成员对应的互动参数,互动成员对应的互动参数包括各个互动成员对应的最新互动时间、互动时长,互动时长是指互动成员最新互动时长到当前时间的时间间隔,最新互动时间是指互动成员最新一次发送互动请求对应的时间,互动成员每参加一次互动,更新一次互动时间。Specifically, the interaction parameters corresponding to each interaction member are detected in real time, and the interaction parameters corresponding to the interaction member include the latest interaction time and interaction duration of each interaction member, and the interaction duration refers to the time interval of the latest interaction time of the interaction member to the current time, and the latest interaction. Time is the time when the interactive member sends the latest interaction request. The interactive member updates the interaction time for each interaction.

步骤S520,将最新互动时间与当前时间的时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作为待删除互动成员,将待删除互动成员的成员标识从互动成员状态集合中删除,更新互动成员数目。Step S520: The interactive member whose latest interaction time and the current time interval exceed the preset duration threshold is used as the interactive member to be deleted, and the member identifier of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is updated.

具体地,预先设置互动成员对应的在基础多媒体展示数据基础上添加的多媒体数据元素的播放时长,当到达播放时长后,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除对应的添加的多媒体数据元素,以鼓励用户多参与互动,增加互动活跃度。Specifically, the playing time of the multimedia data element added on the basis of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the interactive member is preset, and when the playing time is reached, the corresponding added multimedia data element is deleted from the current multimedia display data to encourage the user to Participate in interaction and increase interaction.

统计各个互动成员在当前时间与对应的最新互动时间的时间间隔,将时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作为待删除互动成员,从互动成员状态集合中删除待删除成员对应的标识,更新互动成员状态集合中的互动成员数目。The time interval between the current interaction time and the corresponding latest interaction time is counted, and the interaction member whose time interval exceeds the preset duration threshold is used as the interaction member to be deleted, and the identifier corresponding to the member to be deleted is deleted from the interaction member status collection, and the interaction is updated. The number of interactive members in the member state collection.

步骤S530,检测互动成员状态,互动成员状态包括互动成员数目和/或互动成员对应的互动参数,互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员。Step S530, detecting an interaction member status, where the interaction member status includes an interaction member number and/or an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data.

步骤S540,当互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,目标元素标识与待删除互动成员对应。Step S540: When the number of interactive members decreases, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted.

其中,当有新的互动成员添加至互动成员状态集合中时,互动成员与对应的待添加元素建立了关联关系,当从互动成员状态集合中删除对应的待删除互动成员时,对应删除当前多媒体展示数据中待删除互动成员对应的元素。When a new interactive member is added to the interactive member state collection, the interactive member establishes an association relationship with the corresponding to-be-added element, and when the corresponding interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member state set, the current multimedia is deleted correspondingly. The element corresponding to the interactive member to be deleted in the presentation data.

具体地,当检测到互动成员状态集合中的互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带待删除的目标元素标识,根据待删除互动成员确定目标元素标识,目标元素标识可以有一个或多个。Specifically, when it is detected that the number of interaction members in the interaction member state set is decreased, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element deletion instruction carries the target element identifier to be deleted, and the target element identifier is determined according to the interaction member to be deleted, and the target element identifier may be Have one or more.

步骤S550,将元素删除指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素数据,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。Step S550: Send an element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.

具体地,将元素删除指令发送至目标终端,以使各个目标终端根据元素删除指令中的目标元素标识从服务器或当前缓存中获取对应的目标元素数据,并从当前多媒体展示数据中删除对应的目标元素数据,得到更新后的当前多媒体展示数据。Specifically, the element deletion instruction is sent to the target terminal, so that each target terminal acquires corresponding target element data from the server or the current cache according to the target element identifier in the element deletion instruction, and deletes the corresponding target from the current multimedia presentation data. Element data, get updated current multimedia display data.

本实施例中,获取各个互动成员对应的互动参数中的最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间确定待删除互动成员,从互动成员状态集合中删除对应的待删除互动成员从而减少互动成员状态集合中互动成员数目,当检测到互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据元素删除指令从当前多媒体展示数据中删除对应的目标元素,更新当前多媒体展示数据。根据最新互动时间确定待删除的互动成员,从而改变互动成员状态生成对应的元素删除指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,根据各个互动成员的最新互动时间更新当前多媒体展示数据,增强用户的活跃度,并进一步地提高了多媒体数据展示与互动成员的关联性,提高多媒体数据的展示多样性。In this embodiment, the latest interaction time in the interaction parameters corresponding to each interaction member is obtained, and the interaction member to be deleted is determined according to the latest interaction time, and the corresponding interaction member to be deleted is deleted from the interaction member status collection to reduce interaction in the interaction member status collection. The number of members, when detecting that the number of interactive members decreases, generates a corresponding element deletion instruction to be sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal deletes the corresponding target element from the current multimedia presentation data according to the element deletion instruction, and updates the current multimedia presentation data. Determining the interactive members to be deleted according to the latest interaction time, thereby changing the interactive member status to generate corresponding element deletion instructions to update the current multimedia display data, updating the current multimedia display data according to the latest interaction time of each interactive member, enhancing the user's activity, and further The relationship between multimedia data display and interactive members is improved, and the diversity of multimedia data display is improved.

在其他实施例中,若检测接收到互动请求且互动请求携带的当前互动成员标识未存在于互动成员集合中的同时,检测到历史互动成员集合中存在待 删除互动成员,则获取当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识生成元素添加指令,同时获取待删除互动成员对应的目标删除元素标识生成对应的元素删除指令,以使目标终端根据元素添加指令和元素删除指令在当前多媒体展示数据中添加待添加元素,在当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标删除元素,生成更新后的当前多媒体展示数据。In other embodiments, if it is detected that the interaction request is received and the current interaction member identifier carried in the interaction request does not exist in the interaction member set, and the interaction member to be deleted exists in the historical interaction member collection, the current interaction member identifier is obtained. Corresponding to the added element identifier generating element adding instruction, and acquiring the corresponding element deleting instruction corresponding to the target deleting element identifier corresponding to the interactive member to be deleted, so that the target terminal adds the waiting to the current multimedia display data according to the element adding instruction and the element deleting instruction. Add an element, delete the target delete element in the current multimedia display data, and generate updated current multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,步骤S210之前包括:接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识,获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将互动请求对应的互动时间作为最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间更新当前互动成员标识的互动参数。In an embodiment, before step S210, the method includes: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier, and obtains an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, if the current interaction member identifier exists in the In the interactive member status collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is taken as the latest interaction time, and the interaction parameters of the current interactive member identification are updated according to the latest interaction time.

步骤S230包括:当互动成员对应的互动参数改变时,生成对应的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数。Step S230 includes: when the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member is changed, generating a corresponding first play modification instruction, where the first play modification instruction carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier.

步骤S240包括:以使目标终端根据第一元素标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。Step S240 includes: causing the target terminal to acquire the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and update the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter.

具体地,接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,当互动请求中携带的当前互动成员标识存在于当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合中时,则当前互动成员标识对应的互动成员已经参与了互动,无需再次重复将当前互动成员标识添加至互动成员状态集合中,但当前互动成员的互动参数发生了变化,将当前接收到的互动请求的互动时间作为当前互动成员标识对应的最新互动时间,以延长当前互动成员对应的元素的展示时间。当检测到互动成员状态集合中的存在互动成员的互动参数发生变化时,获取当前互动成员标识存在关联关系的第一元素数据标识,生成第一播放修改指令,将第一播放修改指令发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据第一播放修改指令修改第一元素标识的播放状态,如延长第一元素标识对应的第一元素数据的播放时间或增加第一元素数据的播放频率。特别地,若延长第一元素数据的 播放时长后,第一元素数据对应的播放结束时间晚于当前多媒体展示数据对应的基础多媒体展示数据的结束时间时,根据基础多媒体展示数据的结束时间结束当前多媒体展示数据的展示。Specifically, the interaction request generated by the interaction with the current multimedia presentation data is received. When the current interaction member identifier carried in the interaction request exists in the interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction member corresponding to the current interaction member identifier has been Participate in the interaction, no need to repeat the current interactive member ID to the interactive member status collection, but the interactive parameters of the current interactive member have changed, and the interaction time of the currently received interactive request is the latest interaction corresponding to the current interactive member identifier. Time to extend the presentation time of the elements of the current interactive member. When it is detected that the interaction parameter of the interaction member in the interaction member state set changes, acquiring the first element data identifier of the current interaction member identifier having an association relationship, generating a first play modification instruction, and sending the first play modification instruction to the target The terminal is configured to modify the playing state of the first element identifier according to the first play modification instruction, such as extending the playing time of the first element data corresponding to the first element identifier or increasing the playing frequency of the first element data. In particular, if the playback end time of the first element data is later than the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data ends. Display of multimedia presentation data.

进一步地,如多媒体展示数据为音乐数据,当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据为基础音乐数据对应的一段辅助音频,则根据第一播放修改指令,修改对应的辅助音频的频率或播放时长,并将更新后的辅助音频与基础音乐数据结合展示。Further, if the multimedia presentation data is music data, the first element data corresponding to the current interactive member identifier is a piece of auxiliary audio corresponding to the basic music data, and the frequency or playing duration of the corresponding auxiliary audio is modified according to the first play modification instruction. The updated auxiliary audio is combined with the basic music data.

本实施例中,当检测到互动成员多次参与互动时,将最新互动请求对应的互动时间更新为当前互动成员对应的最新互动时间,进一步生成第一播放修改指令,修改当前互动成员对应的第一元素的播放状态。根据各个互动成员的互动情况更新互动成员状态,根据更新的互动成员状态生成对应的第一播放修改指令更新互动成员对应的第一元素的播放状态,从而实现根据互动成员的互动参数更新当前多媒体展示数据,提高了多媒体数据展示的多样性。In this embodiment, when it is detected that the interactive member participates in the interaction multiple times, the interaction time corresponding to the latest interaction request is updated to the latest interaction time corresponding to the current interaction member, and the first play modification instruction is further generated, and the corresponding interaction member is modified. The playing state of an element. Updating the interaction member status according to the interaction status of each interaction member, and generating a corresponding first play modification instruction according to the updated interaction member status to update the play status of the first element corresponding to the interaction member, thereby updating the current multimedia display according to the interaction parameter of the interaction member. Data has increased the diversity of multimedia data presentation.

在一个实施例中,步骤S230包括:当检测到互动成员数目达到预设阈值时,生成第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数。In an embodiment, step S230 includes: when it is detected that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generating a second play modification instruction, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a second play modification parameter.

步骤S240包括:以使目标终端根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。Step S240 includes: causing the target terminal to update the play status of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the second play modification parameter.

具体地,预先设置基础多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员数目阈值,统计与当前基础多媒体展示数据或由当前基础多媒体展示数据变化得到的当前多媒体展示数据发生互动的互动成员数目,当统计到的互动成员数目大于或等于预设的互动成员数目阈值时,说明当前用户活跃度较高,生成第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令包括第二修改参数,将第二播放修改指令发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据第二播放修改参数延长当前多媒体展示数据对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放时长或增加播放频率。其中,不同多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员数目阈值可以不同也可以相同。例如,当前基础多媒体展示数据的初始播放时长为10S,则与根据当前基础多媒体展示数据变化 得到的多媒体展示数据进行交互的总时长为10S,当互动成员数目超过预设数目阈值时,根据第二播放修改指令,修改当前基础多媒体展示数据的播放时长为20S,则到达10S时,用户可以继续与基础多媒体展示数据进行交互,延长了用户交互时间。Specifically, the threshold number of interaction members corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data is preset, and the number of interaction members that interact with the current basic multimedia presentation data or the current multimedia presentation data obtained by the current basic multimedia presentation data change is counted, and the statistical interaction member is counted. When the number is greater than or equal to the preset number of interaction members, the current user activity is higher, and the second play modification command is generated, and the second play modification command includes the second modification parameter, and the second play modification command is sent to the target terminal. The target terminal is configured to extend the playing duration of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data or increase the playing frequency according to the second playing modification parameter. The thresholds of the number of interactive members corresponding to different multimedia presentation data may be different or the same. For example, if the initial playing time of the current basic multimedia presentation data is 10S, the total duration of interaction with the multimedia presentation data obtained according to the current basic multimedia presentation data is 10S, and when the number of interactive members exceeds the preset number threshold, according to the second The modification command is played to modify the playing time of the current basic multimedia presentation data to be 20S, and when the 10S is reached, the user can continue to interact with the basic multimedia presentation data, thereby prolonging the user interaction time.

进一步地,当基础多媒体展示数据为声音数据时,根据第二播放指令延长基础声音数据的播放时长,如一首基础音乐数据预先设置播放时长为10S,则接收第二播放指令后,循环播放一次基础音乐数据,将播放时长延长至20S,或者改变基础音乐数据的播放频率。Further, when the basic multimedia presentation data is sound data, the playing time of the basic sound data is extended according to the second playing instruction, for example, if the basic music data is preset to have a playing time of 10 seconds, after receiving the second playing command, the loop is played once. Music data, extend the playback time to 20S, or change the playback frequency of the basic music data.

本实施例中,根据参与互动的互动成员数目修改对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态,延长基础多媒体展示数据的展示时间或增强基础多媒体展示数据的展示频率,根据互动成员的互动参数,丰富了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, the playing status of the corresponding basic multimedia display data is modified according to the number of interactive members participating in the interaction, the display time of the basic multimedia display data is extended, or the display frequency of the basic multimedia display data is enhanced, and the interactive parameters are enriched according to the interaction parameters of the interactive members. Multimedia shows the diversity of data.

在一个实施例中,基础多媒体展示数据包括至少两个不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段,步骤S230包括:当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,生成更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识。In an embodiment, the basic multimedia presentation data includes at least two different basic multimedia presentation data segments, and step S230 includes: generating an update playback instruction when detecting that the number of interaction members reaches a triggering second basic multimedia presentation data segment playback condition, The update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier.

步骤S240包括:将更新播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。Step S240 includes: sending an update play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia display data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, and the second basic multimedia display data segment is The first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data is combined with the display or the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment.

具体地,预先将基础多媒体展示数据划分为至少包括两个基础多媒体展示数据片段的数据,不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段对应不同的多媒体展示数据内容或者对应不同的播放时长和播放频率。Specifically, the basic multimedia presentation data is divided into data including at least two basic multimedia presentation data segments, and different basic multimedia presentation data segments correspond to different multimedia presentation data content or corresponding to different playback durations and playback frequencies.

进一步地,在根据基础多媒体展示数据获取请求获取到基础多媒体展示数据后,若当前获取的基础多媒体展示数据包括多个基础多媒体展示数据片段,则展示第一基础多媒体展示数据片段,并设置预设条件以触发其他基础 多媒体展示数据片段,例如,设置互动成员数目为触发条件,当与第一基础多媒体展示数据片段或与由第一基础多媒体展示数据片段变化得到的基础多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动成员数目达到预设触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段的阈值时,获取第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识,生成对应的更新播放指令,并将更新播放指令发送至对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据更新播放指令获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第一基础多媒体展示数据片段和第二基础多媒体展示数据片段结合更新为当前多媒体展示数据或将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段作为当前多媒体展示数据。Further, after the basic multimedia presentation data is acquired according to the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, if the currently acquired basic multimedia presentation data includes multiple basic multimedia presentation data segments, the first basic multimedia display data segment is displayed, and the preset is set. Condition to trigger other basic multimedia presentation data segments, for example, setting the number of interaction members as a trigger condition, and interacting with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment or the basic multimedia presentation data obtained by the change of the first basic multimedia presentation data segment When the number of members reaches the threshold of triggering the second basic multimedia presentation data segment, the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier is obtained, a corresponding update play instruction is generated, and the update play instruction is sent to the corresponding target terminal, so that the target terminal is obtained. Acquiring the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment according to the update play instruction, and updating the first basic multimedia display data segment and the second basic multimedia display data segment to the current multimedia display data or the second base The basic multimedia presentation data segment serves as the current multimedia presentation data.

具体地,预先设置第一多媒体展示数据片段为声音数据,第二多媒体展示数据片段为与第一多媒体展示数据片段对应的声音数据匹配的动画数据,当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,生成更新播放指令,根据更新播放指令将声音数据与动画数据结合形成有声动画片段进行播放或者将动画数据替代声音数据,在当前显示界面播放对应的动画数据。Specifically, the first multimedia presentation data segment is preset as sound data, and the second multimedia presentation data segment is animation data matching the sound data corresponding to the first multimedia presentation data segment, when the number of interactive members is detected. When the second basic multimedia display data segment playing condition is triggered, an update play instruction is generated, and the sound data and the animation data are combined according to the update play command to form a sound animation segment for playing or the animation data is replaced by the sound data, and the corresponding display is played on the current display interface. Animation data.

进一步地,预先设置不同的多媒体展示数据片段对应的触发条件,可以在第二基础多媒体展示数据片段的基础上触发第三基础多媒体展示数据片段,以此类推,也可以同时触发多个基础多媒体展示数据片段。Further, the triggering condition corresponding to different multimedia presentation data segments is preset, and the third basic multimedia presentation data segment may be triggered on the basis of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and so on, and multiple basic multimedia presentations may be triggered simultaneously. Data fragment.

本实施例中,预先将基础多媒体展示数据分为多个基础多媒体展示数据片段,并根据互动成员数目触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,生成对应的更新播放指令发送至目标终端,以使目标终端获取第二基础多媒体展示数据片段更新当前多媒体展示数据。根据互动成员数目触发不同的基础多媒体展示数据,根据互动成员对应的互动参数更新多媒体展示数据,将多媒体展示数据与互动成员建立关联,进一步提高了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, the basic multimedia presentation data is divided into a plurality of basic multimedia presentation data segments in advance, and the second basic multimedia presentation data segment is triggered according to the number of interaction members, and a corresponding update playback instruction is generated and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal is generated. Acquiring the second basic multimedia presentation data segment to update the current multimedia presentation data. Different basic multimedia display data is triggered according to the number of interactive members, and the multimedia display data is updated according to the interactive parameters corresponding to the interactive members, and the multimedia display data is associated with the interactive members, thereby further improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求还包括目标展示成员标识,步骤S240包括:将多媒体数据更新指令发送至目标展示成员标识对应的终端。In an embodiment, the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identifier, and step S240 includes: transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target presentation member identifier.

其中,目标展示成员标识是指能够接收多媒体展示数据的成员对应的成 员标识,目标展示成员可以是在选择基础多媒体展示数据生成对应的获取请求时选定的,也可以是在选择基础多媒体展示数据之前预先选择的,目标展示会话成员可以是一个或多个会话成员。进一步地,当选定目标展示成员后,当前会话对应的其他会话成员对应的终端无法接收多媒体展示数据进行展示。The target display member identifier refers to a member identifier corresponding to a member capable of receiving multimedia display data, and the target display member may be selected when selecting a basic multimedia display data to generate a corresponding acquisition request, or may select a basic multimedia display data. Previously selected, the target presentation session member can be one or more session members. Further, after the target display member is selected, the terminal corresponding to the other session members corresponding to the current session cannot receive the multimedia display data for display.

具体地,根据基础多媒体展示数据获取请求携带的目标展示成员标识,将生成的多媒体数据更新指令发送至目标展示成员标识对应的终端,其中,目标展示成员标识对应的终端为登录目标展示成员标识对应的账号的终端,当账号支持多个终端同时登录时,目标展示成员标识对应的多个终端同时显示对应的多媒体展示数据。Specifically, the generated multimedia member data update request is sent to the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier according to the target display member identifier carried by the basic multimedia display data acquisition request, where the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier is the login target display member identifier corresponding to the target The terminal of the account, when the account supports multiple terminals to log in at the same time, the plurality of terminals corresponding to the target display member identifier simultaneously display the corresponding multimedia display data.

本实施例中,根据基础多媒体展示数据获取请求中携带的目标展示成员标识,将多媒体数据更新指令发送至目标展示成员标识对应的终端,能够实现个性化和针对性的多媒体数据展示,增加了多媒体展示数据的展示形式。In this embodiment, according to the target display member identifier carried in the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, the multimedia data update instruction is sent to the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier, which can realize personalized and targeted multimedia data display, and adds multimedia. Showcase the presentation of the data.

如图6所示,在一个实施例中,多媒体数据展示方法还包括:As shown in FIG. 6, in an embodiment, the multimedia data display method further includes:

步骤S610,获取基础多媒体展示数据对应的预设播放时长。Step S610: Acquire a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data.

具体地,预先设置各个基础多媒体展示数据对应的播放时长,当根据基础多媒体展示数据获取请求获取到对应的基础多媒体展示数据后,获取基础多媒体展示数据的预设播放时长,播放时长是指基础多媒体展示数据从开始展示到停止展示的时间间隔。Specifically, the play duration corresponding to each basic multimedia display data is preset, and after the corresponding basic multimedia display data is acquired according to the basic multimedia display data acquisition request, the preset play duration of the basic multimedia display data is acquired, and the play duration refers to the basic multimedia. Shows the time interval between the start of the display and the stop of the display.

步骤S620,当在预设播放时长内检测互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目阈值时,生成结束播放指令。Step S620: When it is detected that the interactive member status does not change within the preset playing duration or the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number threshold, the end playing instruction is generated.

具体地,在基础多媒体展示数据展示后,检测当前基础多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态,若检测到在预设播放时长内互动成员状态未发生变化,也就是没有互动成员参加当前基础多媒体展示数据,则在达到预设播放时长时,生成结束播放指令。或者,在基础多媒体展示数据预设播放时长内存在互动成员,但互动成员数目没有达到预设阈值,无法对基础多媒体展示数据进行更新或不能触发第二基础多媒体展示数据时,在当前基础多媒体展示数 据达到播放时长时,生成结束播放指令。Specifically, after the basic multimedia display data is displayed, detecting the status of the interactive member corresponding to the current basic multimedia display data, if it is detected that the interactive member status does not change during the preset playing time, that is, no interactive member participates in the current basic multimedia display data. , when the preset playback duration is reached, an end playback command is generated. Or, in the basic multimedia display data, the preset playing time has an interactive member, but the number of interactive members does not reach the preset threshold, and the basic multimedia display data cannot be updated or the second basic multimedia display data cannot be triggered. When the data reaches the playback duration, an end playback command is generated.

步骤S630,将结束播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。Step S630, the end play instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction.

具体地,结束播放指令携带当前基础多媒体展示数据标识,将结束播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据结束播放指令结束当前多媒体展示数据,当前多媒体展示数据为基础多媒体展示数据或以多媒体展示数据变化得到的多媒体展示数据。Specifically, the end play instruction carries the current basic multimedia display data identifier, and the end play instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends the current multimedia display data according to the end play instruction, and the current multimedia display data is the basic multimedia display data. Or multimedia display data obtained by multimedia display data changes.

本实施例中,预先设置基础多媒体展示数据的播放时长,并检测基础多媒体展示数据的互动成员状态,若互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目,在基础多媒体展示数据的展示时长达到预设播放时长时,生成对应的结束播放指令,停止当前多媒体展示数据的展示,根据预设播放时长和互动成员状态共同控制多媒体展示数据的展示时长,并及时结束多媒体展示数据的展示,避免在无人参与互动时,一直展示多媒体展示数据,节省了内存资源。In this embodiment, the playing duration of the basic multimedia display data is preset, and the interactive member status of the basic multimedia display data is detected, and if the interactive member status does not change or the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number, the display of the basic multimedia display data is performed. When the duration reaches the preset playing duration, a corresponding ending playing instruction is generated, the display of the current multimedia display data is stopped, the display duration of the multimedia display data is controlled according to the preset playing duration and the interactive member state, and the display of the multimedia display data is ended in time. Avoid displaying multimedia presentation data while unattended interaction, saving memory resources.

如图7所示,在一个实施例中,提供一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:As shown in FIG. 7, in an embodiment, a multimedia data display method is provided, including:

步骤S710,根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识。Step S710: Generate an interaction request according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and send the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data. The update command carries the multimedia data identifier.

其中,多媒体展示数据是指在显示界面展示的多媒体数据,多媒体数据是指包括多种媒体的综合数据,多媒体数据包括文字、图形、声音、图像、动画等数据。当前多媒体展示数据为当前显示界面展示的多媒体数据,多媒体展示数据能够接收用户操作进行互动,如在多媒体展示数据的展示界面提供互动入口,互动入口可以设置在当前多媒体展示数据上也可以设置在当前多媒体展示数据对应的展示界面上的预设位置。The multimedia presentation data refers to multimedia data displayed on the display interface, and the multimedia data refers to comprehensive data including a plurality of media, and the multimedia data includes text, graphics, sound, images, animation and the like. The current multimedia display data is the multimedia data displayed by the current display interface, and the multimedia display data can receive user interactions, such as providing an interactive portal in the display interface of the multimedia display data, and the interactive portal can be set on the current multimedia display data or can be set at the current The preset position on the display interface corresponding to the multimedia presentation data.

进一步地,根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,如预先在当前多媒体展示数据的展示界面或多媒体展示数据中设置互动 入口,根据作用于互动入口的操作生成对应的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识和会话标识,当前互动成员标识用于使服务器对互动成员进行标记,统计参与互动的不同的互动成员的数目或监测各个互动成员的互动参数。Further, generating an interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, such as setting an interaction portal in a display interface of the current multimedia presentation data or multimedia presentation data, and generating a corresponding interaction request according to an operation acting on the interaction portal, The interactive request carries the current interactive member identifier and the session identifier. The current interactive member identifier is used to enable the server to mark the interactive member, count the number of different interactive members participating in the interaction, or monitor the interactive parameters of each interactive member.

具体地,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求携带的当前互动成员标识判断当前互动成员是否已参与互动,从而更新互动成员数目或者更新当前互动成员对应的状态,从而进一步地,根据互动成员状态的更新生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识,并将多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话标识对应的各个会话成员对应的目标终端。Specifically, the interaction request is sent to the server, so that the server determines, according to the current interaction member identifier carried by the interaction request, whether the current interaction member has participated in the interaction, thereby updating the number of interaction members or updating the status of the current interaction member, thereby further, according to The update of the interactive member status generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to each session member corresponding to the session identifier.

步骤S720,接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。Step S720: Receive a multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, obtain corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, update current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and perform update display.

具体地,接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的多媒体数据,其中,多媒体数据可以预先存储在终端,终端根据服务器发送的多媒体数据标识获取对应的多媒体数据,也可以存储在服务器,服务器返回多媒体数据标识的同时携带对应的多媒体数据,或者,终端再次向服务器请求获取对应的多媒体数据。Specifically, the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server is used to obtain the corresponding multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, where the multimedia data may be pre-stored in the terminal, and the terminal acquires the corresponding multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier sent by the server, and may also be stored in the The server returns the multimedia data identifier and carries the corresponding multimedia data, or the terminal requests the server to obtain the corresponding multimedia data again.

进一步地,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,如将更新多媒体数据与当前多媒体展示数据结合或将更新多媒体数据替换当前多媒体展示数据生成对应的更新后的多媒体展示数据。Further, updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data, such as combining the updated multimedia data with the current multimedia presentation data or replacing the updated multimedia data with the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding updated multimedia presentation data.

本实施例中,提供一种多媒体数据展示方法,根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成对应的互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器以使服务器根据当前互动请求生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,根据接收到的服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,并对更新后的多媒体展示数据进行展示。根据互动操作生成对应的互动请求,从而使服务器生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据更新指令对当前多媒体数 据进行更新展示,当前展示多媒体数据根据用户操作实时变化,提高了多媒体数据展示的多样性。In this embodiment, a multimedia data display method is provided, and a corresponding interaction request is generated according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request is sent to the server to enable the server to generate a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request. And updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the received multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, and displaying the updated multimedia presentation data. The corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.

在一个实施例中,步骤S720包括:接收服务器返回的元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,根据待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In an embodiment, the step S720 includes: receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, the element adding instruction carrying the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, obtaining the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and adding the to-be-added element. Up to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data.

其中,元素添加指令是根据互动请求中携带的当前互动成员标识未存在于互动成员状态集合中的情况生成的,其中,待添加元素标识是指当前多媒体展示数据中的待添加元素,待添加元素可以是构成当前多媒体展示数据的元素中的其中一个或几个,也可以是预先定义的多媒体数据元素,可以预先将待添加元素与对应的基础多媒体展示数据建立关联关系。The element addition instruction is generated according to the situation that the current interaction member identifier carried in the interaction request does not exist in the interaction member state collection, where the to-be-added element identifier refers to the to-be-added element in the current multimedia presentation data, the element to be added It may be one or more of the elements constituting the current multimedia presentation data, or may be a predefined multimedia data element, and the element to be added may be associated with the corresponding basic multimedia presentation data in advance.

具体地,当将根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测到当前互动成员标识未参与互动,则服务器获取对应的待添加元素标识,并将待添加元素标识与当前互动成员标识建立关联关系,生成对应的元素添加指令,根据接收到的元素添加指令获取对应的待添加元素,将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据中更新生成第二多媒体展示数据,将第二多媒体展示数据作为当前多媒体展示数据。其中,待添加元素可以直接从内存中获取,也可以从服务器中下载。如当前多媒体展示数据为动画,则将动画分为基础动画层和可添加动画层,可添加动画层叠加在基础动画层之上,将待添加元素绘制在可添加动画层中,使待添加元素与当前动画混合展示。Specifically, when the interaction request generated by the interaction with the current multimedia presentation data is sent to the server, so that the server detects that the current interaction member identifier does not participate in the interaction according to the interaction request, the server acquires the corresponding identifier to be added, and Associating the identifier of the element to be added with the current interactive member identifier, generating a corresponding element adding instruction, obtaining a corresponding element to be added according to the received element adding instruction, adding the element to be added to the current multimedia display data, and generating the second The multimedia display data uses the second multimedia display data as the current multimedia display data. The elements to be added can be obtained directly from the memory or downloaded from the server. If the current multimedia display data is an animation, the animation is divided into a basic animation layer and an animation layer can be added, an animation layer can be added on top of the basic animation layer, and the to-be-added element is drawn in the animation layer to be added, so that the element to be added is added. Mix and display with the current animation.

本实施例中,根据接收到的元素添加指令获取待添加元素,并将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据中生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。根据接收到的服务器根据互动操作生成的指令更新展示对应的多媒体展示数据,根据不同的互动请求对当前多媒体展示数据进行不同的更新,提高了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, the to-be-added element is obtained according to the received element addition instruction, and the to-be-added element is added to the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data. The received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated differently according to different interaction requests, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,步骤S720包括:接收服务器返回的元素删除指令,元 素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。In an embodiment, step S720 includes: receiving an element deletion instruction returned by the server, the element deletion instruction carrying the corresponding target element identifier, acquiring the corresponding target element according to the target element identifier, and deleting the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.

其中,元素删除指令是根据检测到当前互动成员状态集合中存在最新互动时长大于预设互动时长的互动成员的情况生成的,其中,目标元素标识是指待删除的元素标识,目标元素标识与待删除互动成员标识具有关联关系,待删除互动成员为互动时长到达预设时长的互动成员。The element deletion instruction is generated according to the situation that the interaction member whose current interaction duration is greater than the preset interaction duration is detected, wherein the target element identifier refers to the element identifier to be deleted, and the target element identifier and The deleted interactive member ID has an association relationship, and the interactive member to be deleted is an interactive member whose interaction duration reaches a preset duration.

具体地,根据元素删除指令中的目标元素标识从服务器或当前缓存中获取对应的目标元素数据,并从当前多媒体展示数据中删除对应的目标元素数据,得到更新后的当前多媒体展示数据。Specifically, the corresponding target element data is obtained from the server or the current cache according to the target element identifier in the element deletion instruction, and the corresponding target element data is deleted from the current multimedia presentation data, to obtain the updated current multimedia display data.

本实施例中,根据接收到的元素删除指令获取待删除的目标元素,并将目标元素从当前多媒体展示数据中删除生成对应的更新多媒体展示数据。根据接收到的服务器根据互动操作生成的指令更新展示对应的多媒体展示数据,根据不同的互动请求对当前多媒体展示数据进行不同的更新,提高了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, the target element to be deleted is acquired according to the received element deletion instruction, and the target element is deleted from the current multimedia presentation data to generate corresponding updated multimedia display data. The received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated differently according to different interaction requests, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.

如图7A所示,如图8A所示,在基础多媒体展示数据播放的过程中,若会话成员参与互动,则每增加一人,基础多媒体展示数据中的元素对应增加一个或者基础多媒体展示数据中的元素运动频次增加一倍,在存在参与互动的会话成员的基础上,若减少一个参与互动的人,则对应减少已经增加的基础多媒体展示数据之外的元素或在基础多媒体展示数据中的元素运动频次增加一倍的前提下,将基础多媒体展示数据中的元素运动频次减少一倍,在基础多媒体展示数据达到播放时长时结束基础多媒体展示数据的播放。进一步地,根据参与互动的人数的增减,增加元素或减少元素都是在基础多媒体展示数据的基础上进行的,不会减少基础多媒体展示数据中的元素。As shown in FIG. 8A, as shown in FIG. 8A, in the process of playing the basic multimedia presentation data, if the session member participates in the interaction, each additional person adds an element in the basic multimedia presentation data to the corresponding one of the basic multimedia presentation data. The frequency of elemental movement is doubled. If there is a participant who participates in the interaction, if one person who participates in the interaction is reduced, the element other than the basic multimedia presentation data or the element movement in the basic multimedia presentation data is reduced correspondingly. Under the premise of doubling the frequency, the frequency of elemental motion in the basic multimedia display data is doubled, and the playback of the basic multimedia display data is ended when the basic multimedia display data reaches the playing time. Further, according to the increase or decrease of the number of people participating in the interaction, the adding element or the reducing element is performed on the basis of the basic multimedia display data, and the elements in the basic multimedia display data are not reduced.

在一个实施例中,步骤S720包括:接收服务器返回的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数,根据第一元素数据标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。In an embodiment, step S720 includes: receiving a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification instruction carries a first element data identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the first play modification parameter, according to the first element data identifier. And acquiring corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data, and updating a playing state of the first element data according to the first playing modification parameter.

其中,第一播放修改指令为根据互动请求中的当前互动成员标识存在于互动成员状态集合中的情况生成的,第一元素数据标识为当前互动成员标识建立关联关系的元素数据标识。The first play modification command is generated according to the situation that the current interactive member identifier in the interaction request exists in the interaction member state set, and the first element data identifier is an element data identifier that establishes an association relationship with the current interactive member identifier.

具体地,当获取到第一播放修改指令时,根据第一元素数据标识获取对应的第一元素数据,并根据第一播放修改指令中包括的第一播放修改参数修改第一元素数据对应的播放参数,播放参数包括播放时长或播放频率,将包括修改后的第一元素数据的当前多媒体展示数据进行展示。特别地,若延长第一元素数据的播放时长后,第一元素数据对应的播放结束时间晚于当前多媒体展示数据对应的基础多媒体展示数据的结束时间时,根据基础多媒体展示数据的结束时间结束当前多媒体展示数据的展示。Specifically, when the first play modification instruction is obtained, the corresponding first element data is obtained according to the first element data identifier, and the corresponding play of the first element data is modified according to the first play modification parameter included in the first play modification instruction. The parameter, the play parameter includes a play duration or a play frequency, and displays the current multimedia display data including the modified first element data. In particular, if the playback end time of the first element data is later than the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, the end time of the basic multimedia presentation data ends. Display of multimedia presentation data.

本实施例中,根据接收到的第一播放修改指令获取第一元素数据,并根据第一修改参数修改第一元素数据对应的播放参数,更新展示当前多媒体展示数据。根据接收到的服务器根据互动操作生成的指令更新展示对应的多媒体展示数据,根据不同的互动请求对当前多媒体展示数据进行不同的更新,提高了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, the first element data is obtained according to the received first play modification instruction, and the play parameter corresponding to the first element data is modified according to the first modified parameter, and the current multimedia display data is updated and displayed. The received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated differently according to different interaction requests, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,步骤S720包括:接收服务器返回的第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数。根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。In an embodiment, step S720 includes: receiving a second play modification instruction returned by the server, where the second play modification instruction carries a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a second play modification parameter. And updating, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier.

其中,第二播放修改指令为根据当前互动成员数目达到预设阈值的情况生成的,其中预设阈值为预先设置的基础多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员数目阈值,第二播放修改参数包括播放时长参数和/或播放频率参数。The second play modification command is generated according to the situation that the current number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, where the preset threshold is a threshold value of the number of interaction members corresponding to the preset basic multimedia display data, and the second play modification parameter includes a play duration parameter. And / or play frequency parameters.

具体地,目标终端根据接收到的第二播放修改参数延长当前多媒体展示数据对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放时长或增加当前多媒体展示数据对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放频率。对更新后的当前多媒体展示数据进行展示。Specifically, the target terminal extends the playing duration of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data or increases the playing frequency of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data according to the received second playback modification parameter. Display the updated current multimedia display data.

本实施例中,根据接收到的第二播放修改指令获取当前多媒体展示数据 对应的基础多媒体展示数据,并根据第二修改参数修改基础多媒体展示数据对应的播放参数,更新展示当前多媒体展示数据。根据接收到的服务器根据互动操作生成的指令更新展示对应的多媒体展示数据,根据不同的互动请求对当前多媒体展示数据进行不同的更新,进一步提高了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is obtained according to the received second playback modification instruction, and the playback parameters corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data are modified according to the second modified parameter, and the current multimedia display data is updated and displayed. The received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated according to different interaction requests, thereby further improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,步骤S720包括:接收服务器返回的更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识。根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。In an embodiment, step S720 includes: receiving an update play instruction returned by the server, and the update play instruction carries the second base multimedia presentation data segment identifier. Obtaining, according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displaying the current multimedia presentation data segment The first basic multimedia presentation data segment is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment.

其中,更新播放指令是根据当前互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段的情况生成的,预先将基础多媒体展示数据划分为至少包括两个基础多媒体展示数据片段的数据,不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段对应不同的多媒体展示数据内容或者对应不同的播放时长和播放频率。当服务器检测到当前互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段时,生成对应的更新播放指令并发送至目标终端。The update play command is generated according to the situation that the number of the current interactive members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia display data segment, and the basic multimedia display data is divided into data including at least two basic multimedia display data segments in advance, and different basic multimedia displays are displayed. The data segments correspond to different multimedia presentation data content or corresponding to different playback durations and playback frequencies. When the server detects that the current number of interactive members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment, the corresponding update play instruction is generated and sent to the target terminal.

具体地,根据更新播放指令获取从内存或服务器中获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合绘制,在当前显示画面中混合展示,或者将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段代替当前多媒体展示数据绘制在当前显示画面中显示。Specifically, the second basic multimedia presentation data segment is obtained from the memory or the server according to the update play instruction, and the second basic multimedia display data segment is combined with the first basic multimedia display data segment to be mixed and displayed in the current display image. Or displaying the second basic multimedia presentation data segment instead of the current multimedia presentation data in the current display screen.

本实施例中,根据接收到的更新播放指令获取第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,并将第二基础多媒体展示数据与当前多媒体展示数据结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据。根据接收到的服务器根据互动操作生成的指令更新展示对应的多媒体展示数据,根据不同的互动请求对当前多媒体展示数据进行不同的更新,进一步提高了多媒体展示数据的多样性。In this embodiment, the second basic multimedia display data segment is obtained according to the received update play instruction, and the second basic multimedia display data is combined with the current multimedia display data or the current multimedia display data is replaced with the second basic multimedia display data. . The received multimedia display data is updated according to the instructions generated by the received server according to the interaction operation, and the current multimedia display data is updated according to different interaction requests, thereby further improving the diversity of the multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,步骤S720包括:接收服务器返回的结束播放指令,根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。In an embodiment, step S720 includes: receiving an end play instruction returned by the server, and ending displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction.

其中,结束播放指令是当服务器检测到当前基础多媒体展示数据的预设展示时长内无人参与互动或参与互动人数未达到预设数目阈值时生成的指令。The ending play command is an instruction generated when the server detects that the unattended interaction or the number of participating interactions does not reach the preset number threshold in the preset display duration of the current basic multimedia display data.

具体地,当接收到结束播放指令时,结束当前多媒体展示数据的展示。Specifically, when the end play instruction is received, the display of the current multimedia presentation data is ended.

如图7B所示,检测基础多媒体展示数据播放时长内若没有人参与互动或互动成员数目未达到预设阈值,则在基础多媒体展示数据播放时间达到播放时长后,结束基础多媒体展示数据的播放。As shown in FIG. 7B, if no one participates in the interaction or the number of interactive members in the basic multimedia display data playing time does not reach the preset threshold, the basic multimedia display data is played after the basic multimedia display data playing time reaches the playing duration.

如图8所示,在一个具体实施例中,以动画数据为例,提供一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:As shown in FIG. 8, in a specific embodiment, an animation data is taken as an example to provide a multimedia data display method, including:

步骤S810,接收基础动画展示数据获取请求,基础动画展示数据获取请求包括当前基础动画展示数据标识和当前会话标识。Step S810, receiving a basic animation display data acquisition request, where the basic animation display data acquisition request includes a current basic animation display data identifier and a current session identifier.

步骤S820,根据当前动画展示数据标识获取对应的第一基础动画展示数据,第一基础动画展示数据包括至少两个不同的基础动画展示数据子片段。Step S820: Acquire a corresponding first basic animation display data according to the current animation display data identifier, where the first basic animation display data includes at least two different basic animation display data sub-segments.

步骤S830,根据当前会话标识获取对应的会话成员标识,将获取的第一基础动画展示数据发送至会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据第一基础动画展示数据展示对应的第一动画。Step S830: Acquire the corresponding session member identifier according to the current session identifier, and send the obtained first basic animation display data to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the corresponding first animation according to the first basic animation display data. .

如图8A中的A部分所示,以多人会话赠送虚拟礼物为例,其中一个会话成员810在当前会话中选择赠送虚拟彩带820,则在当前会话标识对应的成员标识对应的终端中当前显示界面820A显示虚拟彩带的基础动画,以及虚拟彩带基础动画剩余播放时长840A。其中,目标终端也可以为特定成员标识对应的终端。As shown in part A of Figure 8A, a virtual gift is presented in a multi-person session. One of the session members 810 selects the virtual ribbon 820 in the current session, and the current session is displayed in the terminal corresponding to the member identifier corresponding to the current session identifier. The interface 820A displays the basic animation of the virtual ribbon, and the remaining playback time of the virtual ribbon base animation is 840A. The target terminal may also identify the terminal corresponding to the specific member.

步骤S840,接收与第一动画展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求包括当前会话标识、第一动画展示数据标识、当前互动成员标识。Step S840, receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the first animation display data, where the interaction request includes a current session identifier, a first animation display data identifier, and a current interactive member identifier.

步骤S850,检测历史互动成员状态集合中是否包括当前互动成员标识,若是,执行步骤S870,若否,执行步骤S860。Step S850, detecting whether the current interactive member identifier is included in the historical interactive member state set. If yes, step S870 is performed, and if no, step S860 is performed.

步骤S860,将当前互动成员标识与当前待添加动画元素、当前互动请求对应的第一互动时间建立关联关系,将当前互动成员标识保存至历史互动成员状态集合中。In step S860, the current interaction member identifier is associated with the first interaction time corresponding to the current animation element and the current interaction request, and the current interaction member identifier is saved to the historical interaction member state collection.

步骤S860A,根据当前互动请求获取当前待添加动画元素,根据当前待添加动画元素生成动画元素添加指令。Step S860A: Acquire an animation element to be added according to the current interaction request, and generate an animation element addition instruction according to the current animation element to be added.

步骤S860B,将动画元素添加指令发送至当前会话标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据动画元素添加指令获取当前待添加动画元素,将当前待添加动画元素与第一动画标识对应的第一动画混合展示。In step S860B, the animation element adding instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the current animation element to be added according to the animation element adding instruction, and the first animation corresponding to the first animation identifier is currently added. Mixed display.

如图8A中的B部分显示,当其他会话成员参与虚拟彩带动画互动时,添加虚拟彩带对应的动画元素,当前会话标识对应的成员标识对应的终端中当前显示界面820B将添加的动画元素与第一动画混合显示,并记录此时虚拟彩带剩余的播放时长840B。As shown in part B of FIG. 8A, when other session members participate in the virtual ribbon animation interaction, the animation element corresponding to the virtual ribbon is added, and the animation element corresponding to the current display interface 820B in the terminal corresponding to the member identifier corresponding to the current session identifier is An animation is mixed and displayed, and the remaining playing time 840B of the virtual ribbon is recorded at this time.

步骤S870,将当前互动请求对应的互动时间作为当前互动成员标识对应的最新互动时间。Step S870, the interaction time corresponding to the current interaction request is used as the latest interaction time corresponding to the current interaction member identifier.

步骤S880,实时监测当前互动成员状态集合中的互动成员标识对应的最新互动时间。Step S880, real-time monitoring the latest interaction time corresponding to the interaction member identifier in the current interactive member status set.

步骤S880A,若监测到当前时间与第一互动成员标识对应的最新互动时间的时间间隔超过预设间隔阈值,则根据关联关系获取第一互动成员标识匹配的目标待删除动画元素,根据目标待删除动画元素生成动画删除指令。Step S880A: If it is detected that the time interval of the latest interaction time corresponding to the first interaction member identifier exceeds the preset interval threshold, the target to be deleted corresponding to the first interaction member identifier is obtained according to the association relationship, and the target to be deleted is deleted according to the target. Animated elements generate an animation delete command.

步骤S880B,向当前会话标识对应的目标终端下发动画元素删除指令,以使目标终端根据动画元素删除指令获取目标待删除动画元素,删除当前动画中的目标待删除动画元素,更新展示删除目标待删除动画元素后的动画。Step S880B: Sending an animation element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the target to-be-deleted animation element according to the animation element deletion instruction, deletes the target animation element to be deleted in the current animation, and updates the display deletion target to be deleted. The animation after the animation element is removed.

步骤S890,接收与当前动画展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识,进入步骤S850,更新当前互动成员状态集合。Step S890: Receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current animation display data, and the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier, and proceeds to step S850 to update the current interaction member status collection.

步骤S890A,当检测到当前互动成员状态集合对应的互动成员数目达到触发第二基础动画展示数据片段的条件时,生成更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础动画展示数据片段标识。Step S890A: When it is detected that the number of interaction members corresponding to the current interaction member state set reaches a condition for triggering the second basic animation display data segment, generating an update play instruction, and the update play instruction carries the second base animation display data segment identifier.

步骤S890B,将更新播放指令发送至当前会话标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据更新播放指令获取第二基础动画展示数据片段,将第二基础动画展示数据片段与当前动画展示数据结合展示或将当前动画展示数据替换为第二基础动画展示数据片段。Step S890B: Send an update play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the second basic animation display data segment according to the update play instruction, and combines the second basic animation display data segment with the current animation display data or Replace the current animation display data with the second base animation display data fragment.

本实施例中,根据基础动画展示数据获取请求获取对应的基础动画展示数据,根据与当前动画展示数据互动产生的互动请求生成对应的更新指令,更新指令包括动画元素添加指令、动画元素删除指令和/或更新播放指令,并将更新指令发送至对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据更新指令更新展示当前动画展示数据。根据互动操作对应的互动成员状态生成对应的更新指令,从而根据不同的更新指令实现对当前动画展示数据的更新展示,能够根据用户互动参数对动画展示数据更新,使得动画展示数据展示形式多样化。In this embodiment, the corresponding basic animation display data is acquired according to the basic animation display data acquisition request, and the corresponding update instruction is generated according to the interaction request generated by the interaction with the current animation display data, and the update instruction includes an animation element adding instruction, an animation element deleting instruction, and / or update the play instruction, and send the update instruction to the corresponding target terminal, so that the target terminal updates and displays the current animation display data according to the update instruction. The corresponding update instruction is generated according to the interaction member state corresponding to the interaction operation, so that the update display of the current animation display data is implemented according to different update instructions, and the animation display data can be updated according to the user interaction parameter, so that the animation display data display form is diversified.

如图8A中的C部分所示,当虚拟彩带对应的第一动画展示数据到达播放时长时,虚拟彩带若只对应一个基础动画展示数据或者未达到触发第二基础动画展示数据的播放条件,则停止展示虚拟彩带动画展示数据,显示会话标识对应的初始会话显示界面820C。As shown in part C of FIG. 8A, when the first animation display data corresponding to the virtual color ribbon reaches the playing duration, if the virtual color ribbon only corresponds to one basic animation display data or does not reach the playing condition for triggering the second basic animation display data, The virtual ribbon animation display data is stopped to be displayed, and the initial session display interface 820C corresponding to the session identifier is displayed.

在一个实施例中,还提供了一种服务器,该服务器的内部结构可如图13所示,该服务器包括多媒体数据展示装置,多媒体数据展示装置中包括各个模块,每个模块可全部或部分通过软件、硬件或其组合来实现。In an embodiment, a server is further provided, and the internal structure of the server is as shown in FIG. 13, the server includes a multimedia data display device, and the multimedia data display device includes various modules, and each module can pass all or part of Software, hardware or a combination thereof is implemented.

如图9所示,在一个实施例中,提供一种多媒体数据展示装置,包括:As shown in FIG. 9, in an embodiment, a multimedia data display apparatus is provided, including:

检测模块910,用于检测互动成员状态,互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员。The detecting module 910 is configured to detect an interaction member status, where the interaction member status is dynamic status data in an interactive member interaction process, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data.

更新指令生成模块920,用于根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识。The update instruction generating module 920 is configured to generate a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, where the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier.

第一获取模块930,用于获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取会话对应的会话成员。The first obtaining module 930 is configured to acquire a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and obtain a session member corresponding to the session.

发送更新模块940,用于将多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据。 根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据。The sending update module 940 is configured to send the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier. Update the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.

上述多媒体数据展示装置,检测互动成员状态,当检测到互动成员状态更新时,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,将多媒体数据更新指令发送至当前会话对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据。通过检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态变化生成对应的更新指令并发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据对应的更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,使多媒体数据展示形式多样化。The multimedia data display device detects the interactive member status, and when the interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update command according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update command to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so that the target terminal The current multimedia presentation data is updated according to the multimedia data update instruction. By detecting the status of the interactive member, a corresponding update instruction is generated according to the change of the interactive member status and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal updates the current multimedia display data according to the corresponding update instruction, so that the multimedia data display form is diversified.

如图10所示,在一个实施例中,多媒体数据展示装置还包括:As shown in FIG. 10, in an embodiment, the multimedia data display apparatus further includes:

第一接收模块1010,用于接收基础多媒体展示数据获取请求,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求包括基础多媒体展示数据标识和当前会话标识。The first receiving module 1010 is configured to receive a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, where the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request includes a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier.

第二获取模块1020,用于根据基础多媒体展示数据标识获取对应的基础多媒体展示数据。The second obtaining module 1020 is configured to obtain corresponding basic multimedia display data according to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.

基础多媒体数据展示模块1030,用于根据当前会话标识获取对应的成员标识,将基础多媒体展示数据发送至成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端展示基础多媒体展示数据,基础多媒体展示数据对应为当前多媒体展示数据。The basic multimedia data display module 1030 is configured to obtain a corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and send the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display data corresponds to the current Multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,多媒体数据展示装置还包括:In an embodiment, the multimedia data display device further includes:

第二接收模块,用于接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识。The second receiving module is configured to receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request carries the current interaction member identifier.

第一更新模块,用于获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识未存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将当前互动成员标识添加至互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目。The first update module is configured to obtain an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier does not exist in the interaction member status collection, add the current interaction member identifier to the interaction member status collection, and update the number of interaction members. .

更新指令生成模块920还用于当互动成员数目增加时,生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令。The update instruction generation module 920 is further configured to generate a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction when the number of interactive members increases.

在一个实施例中,第一多媒体数据更新指令为元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,发送更新模块940还用于将元素添加指令发送至会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据 待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素。将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the first multimedia data update instruction is an element adding instruction, the element adding instruction carries the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the sending update module 940 is further configured to send the element adding instruction to the session member identifier. Corresponding target terminal, so that the target terminal acquires a corresponding element to be added according to the identifier of the element to be added. Adding an element to be added to the current multimedia presentation data update generates a corresponding second multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,多媒体数据展示装置还包括:第二更新模块,用于获取互动成员对应的互动参数,互动参数包括最新互动时间,将最新互动时间与当前时间的时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作为待删除互动成员,将待删除互动成员的成员标识从互动成员状态集合中删除,更新互动成员数目。In an embodiment, the multimedia data display device further includes: a second update module, configured to acquire an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, where the interaction parameter includes a latest interaction time, and the time interval between the latest interaction time and the current time exceeds a preset duration threshold. The interactive member is the interactive member to be deleted, and the member ID of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member status collection, and the number of interactive members is updated.

更新指令生成模块930还用于当互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,目标元素标识与待删除互动成员对应。The update instruction generation module 930 is further configured to: when the number of interaction members decreases, generate a corresponding element deletion instruction, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted.

发送更新模块还用于将元素删除指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素数据,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。The sending update module is further configured to send the element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,多媒体数据展示装置还包括:第三接收模块,用于接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识。第三更新模块,用于获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将互动请求对应的互动时间作为最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间更新当前互动成员标识的互动参数。In an embodiment, the multimedia data display device further includes: a third receiving module, configured to receive an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, where the interaction request carries the current interactive member identifier. The third update module is configured to obtain an interaction member state set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier exists in the interaction member state collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, and is updated according to the latest interaction time. The interaction parameters of the current interactive member ID.

更新指令生成模块930还用于当互动成员对应的互动参数改变时,生成对应的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数。The update instruction generating module 930 is further configured to generate a corresponding first play modification instruction when the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member is changed, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the first play modification parameter .

发送更新模块940还用于以使目标终端根据第一元素标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。The sending update module 940 is further configured to: obtain, by the target terminal, the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and update the playing state of the first element data according to the first playing modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,更新指令生成模块930还用于当检测到互动成员数目达到预设阈值时,生成第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒 体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数。In an embodiment, the update instruction generating module 930 is further configured to: when detecting that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generate a second play modification instruction, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia display data identifier and a second play modification parameter. .

发送更新模块940还用于以使目标终端根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。The sending update module 940 is further configured to enable the target terminal to update the playing state of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the second playing modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,更新指令生成模块930还用于当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,生成更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识。In an embodiment, the update instruction generating module 930 is further configured to: when it is detected that the number of interactive members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment playing condition, generate an update play instruction, where the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier .

发送更新模块940还用于将更新播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。The sending update module 940 is further configured to send the update play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia display data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, and displays the second basic multimedia display. The data segment is displayed in conjunction with the first base multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replaces the first base multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with the second base multimedia presentation data segment.

在一个实施例中,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求还包括目标展示成员标识,发送更新模块940还用于将多媒体数据更新指令发送至目标展示成员标识对应的终端。In one embodiment, the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identifier, and the sending update module 940 is further configured to send the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target presentation member identifier.

如图11所示,在一个实施例中,多媒体数据展示装置还包括:As shown in FIG. 11, in an embodiment, the multimedia data display apparatus further includes:

播放时长获取模块1110,用于获取基础多媒体展示数据对应的预设播放时长。The playback duration acquisition module 1110 is configured to acquire a preset playback duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data.

指令生成模块1120,用于当在预设播放时长内检测互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目阈值时,生成结束播放指令。The instruction generating module 1120 is configured to generate an end play instruction when detecting that the interactive member status does not change within a preset playing time period or the number of interactive members does not reach a preset number threshold.

指令发送模块1130,用于将结束播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。The instruction sending module 1130 is configured to send the end playing instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the ending playing instruction.

在一个实施例中,还提供了一种终端,该终端的内部结构可如图14所示,该终端包括多媒体数据展示装置,多媒体数据展示装置中包括各个模块,每个模块可全部或部分通过软件、硬件或其组合来实现。In an embodiment, a terminal is further provided. The internal structure of the terminal may be as shown in FIG. 14. The terminal includes a multimedia data display device, and the multimedia data display device includes various modules, and each module may pass all or part of Software, hardware or a combination thereof is implemented.

如图12所示,在一个实施例中,提供一种多媒体数据展示装置,包括:As shown in FIG. 12, in an embodiment, a multimedia data display apparatus is provided, including:

互动请求生成模块1210,用于根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求。The interaction request generating module 1210 is configured to generate an interaction request according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data.

发送模块1220,用于将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识。The sending module 1220 is configured to send the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier.

接收展示模块1230,用于接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。The receiving display module 1230 is configured to receive a multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, obtain corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, update the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and perform update display.

一种多媒体数据展示装置,根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成对应的互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器以使服务器根据当前互动请求生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,并对更新后的多媒体展示数据进行展示。根据互动操作生成对应的互动请求,从而使服务器生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据更新指令对当前多媒体数据进行更新展示,当前展示多媒体数据根据用户操作实时变化,提高了多媒体数据展示的多样性。A multimedia data display device generates a corresponding interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request, and receives the multimedia returned by the server. The data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction, and displays the updated multimedia presentation data. The corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.

在一个实施例中,接收展示模块1230还用于接收服务器返回的元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,根据待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In an embodiment, the receiving and displaying module 1230 is further configured to receive an element adding instruction returned by the server, where the element adding instruction carries the to-be-added element identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and obtains a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and is to be Adding an element to the current multimedia presentation data update generates a corresponding second multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,接收展示模块1230还用于接收服务器返回的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识。根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。In one embodiment, the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive an element deletion instruction returned by the server, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier. The target element is obtained according to the target element identifier, and the target element data is deleted from the current multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,接收展示模块1230还用于接收服务器返回的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数。根据第一元素标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier. And acquiring the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and updating the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,接收展示模块1230还用于接收服务器返回的第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改 参数。根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive a second play modification instruction returned by the server, where the second play modification instruction carries a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a second play modification parameter. And updating, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier.

在一个实施例中,接收展示模块1230还用于接收服务器返回的更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识。根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。In one embodiment, the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive an update play instruction returned by the server, where the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier. Obtaining, according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displaying the current multimedia presentation data segment The first basic multimedia presentation data segment is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment.

在一个实施例中,接收展示模块1230还用于接收服务器返回的结束播放指令,根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the receiving presentation module 1230 is further configured to receive an end playing instruction returned by the server, and end displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the ending playing instruction.

如图13所示,为一个实施例中服务器的内部结构图,该服务器通过系统连接总线连接处理器、存储器和网络接口。存储器包括非易失性存储介质和内存储器。其中,该服务器的非易失性存储介质可存储操作系统、数据库和计算机可读指令。该计算机可读指令被执行时,可使得处理器执行一种多媒体数据展示方法,数据库用于存储数据。该服务器的处理器用于提供计算和控制能力,支撑整个服务器的运行。服务器的网络接口用于进行网络通信,如接收互动请求,生成多媒体数据更新指令等。该服务器可以用独立的服务器或者是多个服务器组成的服务器集群来实现。As shown in FIG. 13, which is an internal structural diagram of a server in one embodiment, the server is connected to a processor, a memory, and a network interface through a system connection bus. The memory includes a nonvolatile storage medium and an internal memory. The non-volatile storage medium of the server can store an operating system, a database, and computer readable instructions. The computer readable instructions, when executed, may cause the processor to perform a method of displaying multimedia data for storing data. The server's processor is used to provide computing and control capabilities that support the operation of the entire server. The server's network interface is used for network communication, such as receiving interactive requests, generating multimedia data update commands, and the like. The server can be implemented as a standalone server or a server cluster consisting of multiple servers.

本领域技术人员可以理解,图13中示出的结构,仅仅是与本申请方案相关的部分结构的框图,并不构成对本申请方案所应用于其上的服务器的限定,具体的服务器可以包括比图中所示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者具有不同的部件布置。It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure shown in FIG. 13 is only a block diagram of a part of the structure related to the solution of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the server to which the solution of the present application is applied. The specific server may include More or fewer components are shown in the figures, or some components are combined, or have different component arrangements.

在一个实施例中,本申请提供的多媒体数据展示装置可以实现为一种计算机可读指令的形式,计算机可读指令可在如图13所示的服务器上运行,服务器上的非易失性存储介质可存储组成该多媒体数据展示装置的各个计算机可读指令模块,比如图9中的检测模块910、更新指令生成模块920、第一获取模块930、发送更新模块940。各个计算机可读指令模块中包括计算机可读指 令,计算机可读指令用于使服务器执行本说明书中描述的本申请各个实施例的多媒体数据展示方法中的步骤,服务器中的处理器能够调用服务器的非易失性存储介质中存储的多媒体数据展示装置的各个计算机可读指令模块,运行对应的计算机可读指令,实现本说明书中多媒体数据展示装置的各个模块对应的功能。例如,服务器可以通过如图9所示的多媒体数据展示装置中的检测模块910检测互动成员状态,互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员,通过更新指令生成模块920根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识,通过第一获取模块930获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取会话对应的会话成员,并通过发送更新模块940将多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据。根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the multimedia data presentation apparatus provided herein may be implemented in the form of a computer readable instruction executable on a server as shown in FIG. 13 for non-volatile storage on a server The medium can store various computer readable instruction modules constituting the multimedia data display device, such as the detection module 910, the update instruction generation module 920, the first acquisition module 930, and the transmission update module 940 in FIG. Each computer readable instruction module includes computer readable instructions for causing a server to perform the steps in the multimedia data presentation method of various embodiments of the present application described in this specification, the processor in the server being capable of invoking the server Each computer readable instruction module of the multimedia data presentation device stored in the non-volatile storage medium runs corresponding computer readable instructions to implement functions corresponding to respective modules of the multimedia data display device in the present specification. For example, the server may detect the interaction member status through the detection module 910 in the multimedia data display device as shown in FIG. 9. The interaction member status is dynamic status data in the interaction process of the interaction member, and the interaction member interacts with the current multimedia presentation data. The member, the update instruction generation module 920 generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier, and the first acquisition module 930 acquires the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and acquires the session member corresponding to the session. And sending, by the sending update module 940, the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier. Update the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.

如图14所示,为一个实施例中终端的内部结构示意图。该终端包括通过系统总线连接的处理器、存储器和网络接口、显示屏和输入装置。存储器包括非易失性存储介质和内存储器。该计算机设备的非易失性存储介质可存储操作系统、数据库和计算机可读指令。该计算机可读指令被执行时,可使得处理器执行一种多媒体数据展示方法,数据库用于存储数据。该终端的处理器用于提供计算和控制能力,支撑整个终端的运行。网络接口用于与服务器进行网络通信,如发送互动请求至服务器,接收多媒体数据更新指令等。终端的显示屏可以是液晶显示屏或者电子墨水显示屏等,输入装置可以是显示屏上覆盖的触摸层,也可以是终端外壳上设置的按键、轨迹球或触控板,也可以是外接的键盘、触控板或鼠标等。该终端可以是手机、平板电脑或者个人数字助理或穿戴式设备等。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing the internal structure of a terminal in one embodiment. The terminal includes a processor, memory and network interface, display screen and input device connected by a system bus. The memory includes a nonvolatile storage medium and an internal memory. The non-volatile storage medium of the computer device can store an operating system, a database, and computer readable instructions. The computer readable instructions, when executed, may cause the processor to perform a method of displaying multimedia data for storing data. The processor of the terminal is used to provide computing and control capabilities to support the operation of the entire terminal. The network interface is used for network communication with the server, such as sending an interactive request to the server, receiving multimedia data update instructions, and the like. The display screen of the terminal may be a liquid crystal display or an electronic ink display screen. The input device may be a touch layer covered on the display screen, or may be a button, a trackball or a touchpad provided on the terminal housing, or may be an external device. Keyboard, trackpad or mouse. The terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet or a personal digital assistant or a wearable device.

本领域技术人员可以理解,图14中示出的结构,仅仅是与本申请方案相关的部分结构的框图,并不构成对本申请方案所应用于其上的终端的限定,具体的终端可以包括比图中所示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或 者具有不同的部件布置。It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure shown in FIG. 14 is only a block diagram of a part of the structure related to the solution of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the terminal to which the solution of the present application is applied. The specific terminal may include a ratio. More or fewer components are shown in the figures, or some components are combined, or have different component arrangements.

在一个实施例中,本申请提供的多媒体数据展示装置可以实现为一种计算机可读指令的形式,计算机可读指令可在如图14所示的终端上运行,终端的非易失性存储介质可存储组成该多媒体数据展示装置的各个计算机可读指令模块,比如图12中的互动请求生成模块1210、发送模块1220、接收展示模块1230。各个计算机可读指令模块中包括计算机可读指令,计算机可读指令用于使终端执行本说明书中描述的本申请各个实施例的多媒体数据展示方法中的步骤,终端中的处理器能够调用终端的非易失性存储介质中存储的多媒体数据展示装置的各个计算机可读指令模块,运行对应的计算机可读指令,实现本说明书中多媒体数据展示装置的各个模块对应的功能。例如,终端可以通过如图12所示的多媒体数据展示装置中的互动请求生成模块1210根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,通过发送模块1220将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识,并通过接收展示模块1230接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。In one embodiment, the multimedia data presentation apparatus provided by the present application may be implemented in the form of a computer readable instruction executable on a terminal as shown in FIG. 14, a nonvolatile storage medium of the terminal. The computer readable instruction modules constituting the multimedia data presentation device, such as the interaction request generation module 1210, the transmission module 1220, and the reception presentation module 1230 in FIG. Each computer readable instruction module includes computer readable instructions for causing a terminal to perform the steps in the multimedia data presentation method of various embodiments of the present application described in this specification, the processor in the terminal being capable of invoking the terminal Each computer readable instruction module of the multimedia data presentation device stored in the non-volatile storage medium runs corresponding computer readable instructions to implement functions corresponding to respective modules of the multimedia data display device in the present specification. For example, the terminal may generate an interaction request according to the interaction operation generated by the interaction request generating module 1210 in the multimedia data display device as shown in FIG. 12, and send the interaction request to the server through the sending module 1220, so that the terminal sends the interaction request to the server through the sending module 1220. The server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier, and receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server through the receiving and displaying module 1230, and obtains the multimedia data identifier according to the multimedia data identifier. Correspondingly updating the multimedia data, updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing an update display.

一个或多个存储有计算机可读指令的非易失性存储介质,所述计算机可读指令被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得一个或多个处理器执行如下步骤:One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps:

:检测互动成员状态,互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取会话对应的会话成员;将多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据。: detecting the status of the interactive member, the interactive member status is the dynamic state data in the interactive member interaction process, the interactive member is a member interacting with the current multimedia presentation data; generating the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries The multimedia data identifier; the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data is obtained, and the session member corresponding to the session is obtained; the multimedia data update instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier; Update multimedia data to update current multimedia display data.

上述计算机可读存储介质,检测互动成员状态,当检测到互动成员状态 更新时,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,将多媒体数据更新指令发送至当前会话对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据。通过检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态变化生成对应的更新指令并发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据对应的更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,使多媒体数据展示形式多样化。The computer readable storage medium detects an interactive member status, and when an interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so as to achieve the target The terminal updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction. By detecting the status of the interactive member, a corresponding update instruction is generated according to the change of the interactive member status and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal updates the current multimedia display data according to the corresponding update instruction, so that the multimedia data display form is diversified.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收基础多媒体展示数据获取请求,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求包括基础多媒体展示数据标识和当前会话标识;根据基础多媒体展示数据标识获取对应的基础多媒体展示数据;根据当前会话标识获取对应的成员标识,将基础多媒体展示数据发送至成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端展示基础多媒体展示数据,基础多媒体展示数据对应为当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further comprises the steps of: receiving a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request comprising a base multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier; The basic multimedia display data identifier acquires the corresponding basic multimedia display data; obtains the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and sends the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display The data corresponds to the current multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识未存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将当前互动成员标识添加至互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目;当互动成员数目增加时,生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further performs the steps of: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier; and obtaining the current multimedia presentation data corresponding to The interactive member state collection, if the current interactive member identifier does not exist in the interactive member state collection, the current interactive member identifier is added to the interactive member state collection, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first is generated. Multimedia data update instructions.

在一个实施例中,第一多媒体数据更新指令为元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:将元素添加指令发送至会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素;将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the first multimedia data update instruction is an element addition instruction, and the element addition instruction carries an element identification to be added corresponding to the current interaction member identifier. When the computer readable instruction is executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to execute the following Step: Send an element addition instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier; and adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate a corresponding second multimedia. Display data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:获取互动成员对应的互动参数,互动参数包括最新互动时间;将最新互动时间与当前时间的时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作为待删除互动成员,将待删除互动成员的成员标识从互动成员状态集合中删除,更 新互动成员数目;当互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,目标元素标识与待删除互动成员对应;将元素删除指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素数据,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to perform the following steps: obtaining an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, the interaction parameter including the latest interaction time; and the time interval between the latest interaction time and the current time is exceeded The interactive member of the preset duration threshold is used as the interactive member to be deleted, and the member identifier of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member state set, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members is decreased, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element is deleted. The instruction carries the corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted; the element deletion instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, from the current multimedia display. The target element data is deleted from the data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将互动请求对应的互动时间作为最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间更新当前互动成员标识的互动参数;当互动成员对应的互动参数改变时,生成对应的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;以使目标终端根据第一元素标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further performs the steps of: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier; and obtaining the current multimedia presentation data corresponding to The interactive member state collection, if the current interactive member identifier exists in the interactive member state collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, and the interaction parameter of the current interactive member identifier is updated according to the latest interaction time; When the interaction parameter is changed, a corresponding first play modification command is generated, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, so that the target terminal identifies the current multimedia according to the first element. The corresponding first element data is obtained in the display data, and the playing state of the first element data is updated according to the first play modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:当检测到互动成员数目达到预设阈值时,生成第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;以使目标终端根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: when detecting that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generating a second play modification command, the second play modification command carrying the basis The multimedia display data identifier and the second play modification parameter are configured to enable the target terminal to update the play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier according to the second play modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,基础多媒体展示数据包括至少两个不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,生成更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;将更新播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数 据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。In one embodiment, the base multimedia presentation data includes at least two different base multimedia presentation data segments, and when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to perform the following steps: when detecting the number of interactive members reaches the trigger second The basic multimedia display data segment playing condition generates an update play instruction, and the update play command carries the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier; the update play instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal displays according to the second basic multimedia The data segment identifier acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combines the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displays the first basic multimedia in the current multimedia presentation data. The presentation data segment is replaced with a second basic multimedia presentation data segment.

在一个实施例中,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求还包括目标展示成员标识,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:将多媒体数据更新指令发送至目标展示成员标识对应的终端。In one embodiment, the base multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identifier, and when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, further causing the processor to perform the step of: transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target presentation member identifier terminal.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:获取基础多媒体展示数据对应的预设播放时长;当在预设播放时长内检测互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目阈值时,生成结束播放指令;将结束播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further performs the steps of: acquiring a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data; and detecting that the interactive member status does not change during the preset playing duration When the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number threshold, an end play instruction is generated; the end play command is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia display data according to the end play instruction.

在一个实施例中,提供一种计算机设备,包括一个或多个处理器,存储器以及一个或多个程序,所述存储器中存储有计算机可读指令,所述计算机可读指令被所述处理器执行时,使得处理器执行如下步骤:检测互动成员状态,互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取会话对应的会话成员;将多媒体数据更新指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, a computer apparatus is provided comprising one or more processors, a memory and one or more programs, the memory having computer readable instructions stored thereon, the computer readable instructions being When executed, the processor performs the following steps: detecting the status of the interactive member, the interactive member status is the dynamic state data in the interaction process of the interactive member, the interactive member is a member interacting with the current multimedia display data; and generating the multimedia according to the update of the interactive member status The data update instruction, the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier; obtains the session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, acquires the session member corresponding to the session; and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal is based on the multimedia data. Identifying the corresponding updated multimedia data; updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data.

上述计算机设备,检测互动成员状态,当检测到互动成员状态更新时,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,将多媒体数据更新指令发送至当前会话对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据。通过检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态变化生成对应的更新指令并发送至目标终端,以使目标终端根据对应的更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,使多媒体数据展示形式多样化。The computer device detects the interactive member status, and when the interactive member status update is detected, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status, and sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the current session, so that the target terminal is based on the multimedia The data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data. By detecting the status of the interactive member, a corresponding update instruction is generated according to the change of the interactive member status and sent to the target terminal, so that the target terminal updates the current multimedia display data according to the corresponding update instruction, so that the multimedia data display form is diversified.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收基础多媒体展示数据获取请求,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求包括基础多媒体展示数据标识和当前会话标识;根据基础多媒体展示数据标识获取对应的基 础多媒体展示数据;根据当前会话标识获取对应的成员标识,将基础多媒体展示数据发送至成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端展示基础多媒体展示数据,基础多媒体展示数据对应为当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: receiving a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request including the basic multimedia presentation data identifier and the current session identifier; and obtaining the basic multimedia presentation data identifier Corresponding basic multimedia display data; obtaining the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and transmitting the basic multimedia display data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia display data, and the basic multimedia display data corresponds to the current multimedia display. data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识未存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将当前互动成员标识添加至互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目;当互动成员数目增加时,生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier, and acquiring an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, If the current interactive member identifier does not exist in the interactive member status collection, the current interactive member identifier is added to the interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction is generated. .

在一个实施例中,第一多媒体数据更新指令为元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:将元素添加指令发送至会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素;将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the first multimedia data update instruction is an element addition instruction, and the element addition instruction carries an element identification to be added corresponding to the current interaction member identifier, and the computer readable instruction further causes the processor to perform the following steps: adding an instruction to the element Sending to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier; and adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate the corresponding second multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:获取互动成员对应的互动参数,互动参数包括最新互动时间;将最新互动时间与当前时间的时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作为待删除互动成员,将待删除互动成员的成员标识从互动成员状态集合中删除,更新互动成员数目;当互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,目标元素标识与待删除互动成员对应;将元素删除指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素数据,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: acquiring an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, the interaction parameter including the latest interaction time; and interacting the latest interaction time with the current time interval exceeding a preset duration threshold As the interactive member to be deleted, the member ID of the interactive member to be deleted is deleted from the interactive member status set, and the number of interactive members is updated; when the number of interactive members is decreased, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, and the element deletion instruction carries the corresponding target element. The identifier, the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted; the element deletion instruction is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data. .

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收与当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;获取当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若当前互动成员标识存在于互动成员状态集合中,则将互动请求对应的互动时间作为最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间更新当前互动成员标识的互动参数;当互动成员对应的互 动参数改变时,生成对应的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;以使目标终端根据第一元素标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying the current interaction member identifier, and acquiring an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, If the current interaction member identifier exists in the interaction member status collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, and the interaction parameter of the current interaction member identifier is updated according to the latest interaction time; when the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member changes, the generation is generated. a first play modification command, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, so that the target terminal obtains the corresponding information from the current multimedia display data according to the first element identifier. The first element data updates the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:当检测到互动成员数目达到预设阈值时,生成第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;以使目标终端根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to: when detecting that the number of interactive members reaches a preset threshold, generating a second play modification command, the second play modification command carrying the basic multimedia display data identifier, And playing the modification parameter; the target terminal is configured to update the playing state of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier according to the second playback modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,基础多媒体展示数据包括至少两个不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,生成更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;将更新播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。In one embodiment, the base multimedia presentation data includes at least two different base multimedia presentation data segments, and the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the step of: triggering the second basic multimedia presentation data segment playback when the number of interactive members is detected When the condition is generated, the update play command is generated, and the update play command carries the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier; the update play command is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal obtains the corresponding according to the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier. a second basic multimedia presentation data segment, combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replacing the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with the first Two basic multimedia presentation data fragments.

在一个实施例中,基础多媒体展示数据获取请求还包括目标展示成员标识,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:将多媒体数据更新指令发送至目标展示成员标识对应的终端。In one embodiment, the base multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identification, the computer readable instructions further causing the processor to perform the step of: transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target presentation member identification.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:获取基础多媒体展示数据对应的预设播放时长;当在预设播放时长内检测互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目阈值时,生成结束播放指令;将结束播放指令发送至会话成员对应的目标终端,以使目标终端根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: acquiring a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data; detecting that the interactive member status does not change or the number of interactive members is not reached within the preset playing duration When the threshold is preset, the end playback command is generated; the end playback command is sent to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end playback instruction.

一个或多个存储有计算机可读指令的非易失性存储介质,所述计算机可 读指令被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得一个或多个处理器执行如下步骤:根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the steps of: displaying with the current multimedia The data generates an interactive interaction operation to generate an interaction request, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier; The multimedia data update instruction returned by the server obtains the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display.

本实施例中,计算机可读存储介质根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成对应的互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器以使服务器根据当前互动请求生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,并对更新后的多媒体展示数据进行展示。根据互动操作生成对应的互动请求,从而使服务器生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据更新指令对当前多媒体数据进行更新展示,当前展示多媒体数据根据用户操作实时变化,提高了多媒体数据展示的多样性。In this embodiment, the computer readable storage medium generates a corresponding interaction request according to an interaction operation that generates interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request, and receives the server. The returned multimedia data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction, and displays the updated multimedia presentation data. The corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收服务器返回的元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识;根据待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further comprises the steps of: receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, the element adding instruction carrying the identifier of the element to be added corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; The element identifier acquires a corresponding element to be added, and adds the element to be added to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate a corresponding second multimedia display data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收服务器返回的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识;根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: receive an element deletion instruction returned by the server, the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier; and obtain a corresponding target according to the target element identifier Element that removes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收服务器返回的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;根据第一元 素标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: receive a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification instruction carries the first element data corresponding to the current interactive member identifier And determining, by the first play modification parameter, the corresponding first element data is obtained from the current multimedia display data according to the first element identifier, and the playing state of the first element data is updated according to the first play modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收服务器返回的第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further causes the processor to: receive a second play modification instruction returned by the server, the second play modification instruction carrying the basic multimedia presentation data identifier, the second play modification Parameter: updating the playing state of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier according to the second play modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收服务器返回的更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor further comprises the steps of: receiving an update play instruction returned by the server, the update play instruction carrying the second base multimedia presentation data segment identifier; Demonstrating the data segment identifier to obtain the corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or displaying the first basis in the current multimedia presentation data The multimedia presentation data segment is replaced with a second basic multimedia presentation data segment.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令被处理器执行时,还使得处理器执行以下步骤:接收服务器返回的结束播放指令,根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, when the computer readable instructions are executed by the processor, the processor is further caused to perform the steps of: receiving an end play instruction returned by the server, and ending displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction.

在一个实施例中,提供一种计算机设备,包括一个或多个处理器,存储器,所述存储器中存储有计算机可读指令,所述计算机可读指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。In one embodiment, a computer apparatus is provided, comprising one or more processors, a memory having stored therein computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor such that The processor performs the following steps: generating an interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sending the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status. The multimedia data update instruction carries the multimedia data identifier; the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display.

本实施例中,计算机设备根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成对应的互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器以使服务器根据当前互动请求生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指 令,根据多媒体数据更新指令更新当前多媒体展示数据,并对更新后的多媒体展示数据进行展示。根据互动操作生成对应的互动请求,从而使服务器生成对应的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据更新指令对当前多媒体数据进行更新展示,当前展示多媒体数据根据用户操作实时变化,提高了多媒体数据展示的多样性。In this embodiment, the computer device generates a corresponding interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction according to the current interaction request, and receives the multimedia returned by the server. The data update instruction updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the multimedia data update instruction, and displays the updated multimedia presentation data. The corresponding interaction request is generated according to the interaction operation, so that the server generates a corresponding multimedia data update instruction, and the current multimedia data is updated and displayed according to the multimedia data update instruction, and the current display multimedia data changes in real time according to the user operation, thereby improving the diversity of the multimedia data display. Sex.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收服务器返回的元素添加指令,元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识;根据待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, the element adding instruction carrying the identifier of the element to be added corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; and obtaining the corresponding waiting according to the element identifier to be added Adding an element, adding the element to be added to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收服务器返回的元素删除指令,元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识;根据目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除目标元素数据。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to: receive an element deletion instruction returned by the server, the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier; and obtain a corresponding target element according to the target element identifier, from the current multimedia presentation The target element data is deleted from the data.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收服务器返回的第一播放修改指令,第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;根据第一元素标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the following steps: receiving a first play modification instruction returned by the server, where the first play modification instruction carries the first element data identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the first play modification And acquiring the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and updating the playing state of the first element data according to the first playing modification parameter.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收服务器返回的第二播放修改指令,第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;根据第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: receiving a second play modification instruction returned by the server, the second play modification instruction carrying the basic multimedia presentation data identifier, the second play modification parameter; Modifying the parameter to update the playing status of the basic multimedia presentation data corresponding to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收服务器返回的更新播放指令,更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;根据第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础 多媒体展示数据片段替换为第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to: receive an update play instruction returned by the server, the update play instruction carries a second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier; and obtain a corresponding according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier The second basic multimedia presentation data segment, combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replacing the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with The second basic multimedia presentation data fragment.

在一个实施例中,计算机可读指令还使得处理器执行如下步骤:接收服务器返回的结束播放指令,根据结束播放指令结束展示当前多媒体展示数据。In one embodiment, the computer readable instructions further cause the processor to perform the steps of: receiving an end play instruction returned by the server, and ending displaying the current multimedia presentation data in accordance with the end play instruction.

本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,是可以通过计算机可读指令来指令相关的硬件来完成,所述的计算机可读指令可存储于一非易失性计算机可读取存储介质中,该计算机可读指令在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中,所述的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储记忆体(Read-Only Memory,ROM)等。One of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the process of implementing the above embodiments can be completed by computer readable instructions, which can be stored in a non-volatile computer. The readable storage medium, which when executed, may include the flow of an embodiment of the methods as described above. The storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or the like.

应该理解的是,虽然本申请各实施例中的各个步骤并不是必然按照步骤标号指示的顺序依次执行。除非本文中有明确的说明,这些步骤的执行并没有严格的顺序限制,这些步骤可以以其它的顺序执行。而且,各实施例中至少一部分步骤可以包括多个子步骤或者多个阶段,这些子步骤或者阶段并不必然是在同一时刻执行完成,而是可以在不同的时刻执行,这些子步骤或者阶段的执行顺序也不必然是依次进行,而是可以与其它步骤或者其它步骤的子步骤或者阶段的至少一部分轮流或者交替地执行。It should be understood that the various steps in the various embodiments of the present application are not necessarily performed in the order indicated by the steps. Except as explicitly stated herein, the execution of these steps is not strictly limited, and the steps may be performed in other orders. Moreover, at least some of the steps in the embodiments may include multiple sub-steps or multiple stages, which are not necessarily performed at the same time, but may be executed at different times, and the execution of these sub-steps or stages The order is also not necessarily sequential, but may be performed alternately or alternately with other steps or at least a portion of the sub-steps or stages of the other steps.

本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,是可以通过计算机程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,所述的程序可存储于一非易失性计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中,本申请所提供的各实施例中所使用的对存储器、存储、数据库或其它介质的任何引用,均可包括非易失性和/或易失性存储器。非易失性存储器可包括只读存储器(ROM)、可编程ROM(PROM)、电可编程ROM(EPROM)、电可擦除可编程ROM(EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可包括随机存取存储器(RAM)或者外部高速缓冲存储器。作为说明而非局限,RAM以多种形式可得,诸如静态RAM(SRAM)、动态RAM(DRAM)、同步DRAM(SDRAM)、双数据率SDRAM(DDRSDRAM)、增强型SDRAM(ESDRAM)、同步链路(Synchlink)DRAM(SLDRAM)、存储器总线(Rambus)直接RAM(RDRAM)、直接存储器总线动态RAM(DRDRAM)、 以及存储器总线动态RAM(RDRAM)等。One of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the process of implementing the above embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct related hardware, and the program can be stored in a non-volatile computer readable storage medium. Wherein, the program, when executed, may include the flow of an embodiment of the methods as described above. Any reference to a memory, storage, database or other medium used in the various embodiments provided herein may include non-volatile and/or volatile memory. Non-volatile memory can include read only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), electrically programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), or flash memory. Volatile memory can include random access memory (RAM) or external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, RAM is available in a variety of formats, such as static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDRSDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronization chain. Synchlink DRAM (SLDRAM), Memory Bus (Rambus) Direct RAM (RDRAM), Direct Memory Bus Dynamic RAM (DRDRAM), and Memory Bus Dynamic RAM (RDRAM).

以上所述实施例仅表达了本申请的几种实施方式,其描述较为具体和详细,但并不能因此而理解为对本申请专利范围的限制。应当指出的是,对于本领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本申请构思的前提下,还可以做出若干变形和改进,这些都属于本申请的保护范围。因此,本申请专利的保护范围应以所附权利要求为准。The above-mentioned embodiments are merely illustrative of several embodiments of the present application, and the description thereof is more specific and detailed, but is not to be construed as limiting the scope of the claims. It should be noted that a number of variations and modifications may be made by those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the appended claims.

Claims (48)

一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:A multimedia data display method includes: 服务器检测互动成员状态,所述互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,所述互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;The server detects an interaction member status, where the interactive member status is dynamic status data in an interactive member interaction process, and the interaction member is a member that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data; 所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,所述多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;The server generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, where the multimedia data update instruction carries a multimedia data identifier; 所述服务器获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取所述会话对应的会话成员;Obtaining, by the server, a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and acquiring a session member corresponding to the session; 所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;及Sending, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier; 所述服务器根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据。The server updates the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务器检测互动成员状态之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the server detects the status of the interactive member, the method further comprises: 所述服务器接收基础多媒体展示数据获取请求,所述基础多媒体展示数据获取请求包括基础多媒体展示数据标识和当前会话标识,所述基础多媒体展示数据以消息的形式展示,根据作用于所述消息的操作更新互动成员状态;Receiving, by the server, a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, where the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request includes a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier, where the basic multimedia presentation data is displayed in the form of a message, according to an operation acting on the message Update the interactive member status; 所述服务器根据所述基础多媒体展示数据标识获取对应的基础多媒体展示数据;The server acquires corresponding basic multimedia display data according to the basic multimedia presentation data identifier; 所述服务器根据所述当前会话标识获取对应的成员标识,将所述基础多媒体展示数据发送至所述成员标识对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端展示所述基础多媒体展示数据,所述基础多媒体展示数据对应为当前多媒体展示数据。And the server obtains the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and sends the basic multimedia presentation data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia presentation data, and the basic The multimedia presentation data corresponds to the current multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务器检测互动成员状态之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the server detects the status of the interactive member, the method further comprises: 所述服务器接收与所述当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,所述 互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;The server receives an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request carries a current interaction member identifier; 所述服务器获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若所述当前互动成员标识未存在于所述互动成员状态集合中,则将所述当前互动成员标识添加至所述互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目;The server acquires an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and if the current interaction member identifier does not exist in the interaction member status collection, adding the current interaction member identifier to the interaction member status Collect, update the number of interactive members; 所述服务器所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The generating, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the status of the interactive member includes: 当所述互动成员数目增加时,所述服务器生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令。When the number of interactive members increases, the server generates a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一多媒体数据更新指令为元素添加指令,所述元素添加指令携带所述当前交互成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the first multimedia data update instruction is an element adding instruction, and the element adding instruction carries an identifier of the element to be added corresponding to the current interaction member identifier, the server Sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. include: 所述服务器将所述元素添加指令发送至所述会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素;Sending, by the server, the element adding instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier; 所述服务器将所述待添加元素添加至所述当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。The server adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务器检测互动成员状态之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the server detects the status of the interactive member, the method further comprises: 所述服务器获取互动成员对应的互动参数,所述互动参数包括最新互动时间;The server acquires an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, where the interaction parameter includes a latest interaction time; 所述服务器将最新互动时间与当前时间的时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作为待删除互动成员,将所述待删除互动成员的成员标识从所述互动成员状态集合中删除,更新互动成员数目;The server deletes the member ID of the interactive member to be deleted from the interactive member status set, and updates the interactive member by using the interactive member whose latest interaction time and the current time interval exceed the preset duration threshold as the interactive member to be deleted. number; 所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The generating, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status includes: 当所述互动成员数目减少时,所述服务器生成对应的元素删除指令,所述元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,所述目标元素标识与所述待删除互动成员对应;When the number of the interactive members is reduced, the server generates a corresponding element deletion instruction, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted; 所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:Sending, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current according to the updated multimedia data. Multimedia display data includes: 所述服务器将所述元素删除指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素数据,从所述当前多媒体展示数据中删除所述目标元素数据。Sending, by the server, the element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the content from the current multimedia display data. Target element data. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务器检测互动成员状态之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the server detects the status of the interactive member, the method further comprises: 所述服务器接收与所述当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,所述互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;The server receives an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, and the interaction request carries a current interaction member identifier; 所述服务器获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若所述当前互动成员标识存在于所述互动成员状态集合中,则将所述互动请求对应的互动时间作为最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间更新所述当前互动成员标识的互动参数;Obtaining, by the server, the set of interaction member states corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, if the current interaction member identifier exists in the interaction member status collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, according to The latest interaction time updates the interaction parameters of the current interactive member identification; 所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The generating, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status includes: 当所述互动成员对应的互动参数改变时,所述服务器生成对应的第一播放修改指令,所述第一播放修改指令携带所述当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;When the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member is changed, the server generates a corresponding first play modification instruction, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier corresponding to the current interactive member identifier, and the first play modification parameter; 所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据,包括:Sending, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current according to the updated multimedia data. Multimedia display data, including: 以使所述目标终端根据所述第一元素标识从所述当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据所述第一播放修改参数更新所述第一元素数 据的播放状态。And causing the target terminal to acquire the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and update the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the generating, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status comprises: 当检测到互动成员数目达到预设阈值时,所述服务器生成第二播放修改指令,所述第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;When the number of the interactive members reaches a preset threshold, the server generates a second play modification command, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia display data identifier and a second play modification parameter; 所述以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:And the updating, by the target terminal, the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, including: 以使所述目标终端根据所述第二播放修改参数更新所述基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。And the target terminal is configured to update, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基础多媒体展示数据包括至少两个不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段,所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the basic multimedia presentation data comprises at least two different basic multimedia presentation data segments, and the generating, by the server, the multimedia data update instructions according to the update of the interactive member status comprises: 当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,所述服务器生成更新播放指令,所述更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;When detecting that the number of interactive members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment playing condition, the server generates an update play instruction, where the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia display data segment identifier; 所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:Sending, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current according to the updated multimedia data. Multimedia display data includes: 所述服务器将所述更新播放指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与所述当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将所述当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。Sending, by the server, the update play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia display data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, The second basic multimedia presentation data segment is displayed in combination with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replaces the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with the second basis Multimedia presentation data fragments. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,所述基础多媒体展示数据获取请求还包括目标展示成员标识,所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会 话成员对应的目标终端,包括:The method of claim 2, the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request further includes a target presentation member identifier, and the server sends the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, including: 所述服务器将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述目标展示成员标识对应的终端。Sending, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction to a terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the method further comprises: 所述服务器获取所述基础多媒体展示数据对应的预设播放时长;Obtaining, by the server, a preset play duration corresponding to the basic multimedia display data; 当在所述预设播放时长内检测互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目阈值时,所述服务器生成结束播放指令;The server generates an end play instruction when detecting that the interactive member status does not change within the preset play duration or the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number threshold; 所述服务器将所述结束播放指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述结束播放指令结束展示所述当前多媒体展示数据。The server sends the end play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction. 一种计算机设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器中存储有计算机可读指令,所述计算机可读指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:A computer device comprising a memory and a processor, the memory storing computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor such that the processor performs the following steps: 检测互动成员状态,所述互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,所述互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;Detecting an interactive member state, the interactive member state being dynamic state data in an interactive member interaction process, the interactive member being a member interacting with current multimedia presentation data; 根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,所述多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;Generating a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, where the multimedia data update instruction carries a multimedia data identifier; 获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取所述会话对应的会话成员;Obtaining a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and acquiring a session member corresponding to the session; 将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;及Sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier; 根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据。Updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data. 根据权利要求11所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The computer apparatus according to claim 11, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said detecting an interactive member state: 接收基础多媒体展示数据获取请求,所述基础多媒体展示数据获取请求包括基础多媒体展示数据标识和当前会话标识,所述基础多媒体展示数据以消息的形式展示,根据作用于所述消息的操作更新互动成员状态;Receiving a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, where the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request includes a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier, the basic multimedia presentation data is displayed in the form of a message, and the interactive member is updated according to an operation acting on the message status; 根据所述基础多媒体展示数据标识获取对应的基础多媒体展示数据;Obtaining corresponding basic multimedia display data according to the basic multimedia display data identifier; 根据所述当前会话标识获取对应的成员标识,将所述基础多媒体展示数据发送至所述成员标识对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端展示所述基础多媒体展示数据,所述基础多媒体展示数据对应为当前多媒体展示数据。Obtaining the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and sending the basic multimedia presentation data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia presentation data, and the basic multimedia display data Corresponds to the current multimedia display data. 根据权利要求11所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The computer apparatus according to claim 11, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said detecting an interactive member state: 接收与所述当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,所述互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;Receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying a current interaction member identifier; 获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若所述当前互动成员标识未存在于所述互动成员状态集合中,则将所述当前互动成员标识添加至所述互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目;Obtaining an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, if the current interaction member identifier does not exist in the interaction member status collection, adding the current interaction member identifier to the interaction member status collection, updating Number of interactive members; 所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The generating the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status includes: 当所述互动成员数目增加时,生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令。When the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction is generated. 根据权利要求13所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述第一多媒体数据更新指令为元素添加指令,所述元素添加指令携带所述当前交互成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:The computer device according to claim 13, wherein the first multimedia data update instruction is an element addition instruction, and the element addition instruction carries an identifier of an element to be added corresponding to the current interaction member identifier, Sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. include: 将所述元素添加指令发送至所述会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素;Sending the element addition instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier; 将所述待添加元素添加至所述当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。Adding the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求11所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The computer apparatus according to claim 11, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said detecting an interactive member state: 获取互动成员对应的互动参数,所述互动参数包括最新互动时间;Obtain an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, where the interaction parameter includes the latest interaction time; 将最新互动时间与当前时间的时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作 为待删除互动成员,将所述待删除互动成员的成员标识从所述互动成员状态集合中删除,更新互动成员数目;The interaction member with the latest interaction time and the current time interval exceeding the preset duration threshold is used as the interaction member to be deleted, and the member identifier of the interaction member to be deleted is deleted from the interaction member status collection, and the number of interaction members is updated; 所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令的步骤包括:The step of generating a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status includes: 当所述互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令,所述元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,所述目标元素标识与所述待删除互动成员对应;When the number of the interactive members is reduced, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted; 所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:Transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia according to the updated multimedia data. Display data includes: 将所述元素删除指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素数据,从所述当前多媒体展示数据中删除所述目标元素数据。Sending the element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data. . 根据权利要求11所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述服务器检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The computer device of claim 11 wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said server detecting an interactive member state: 接收与所述当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,所述互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;Receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying a current interaction member identifier; 获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若所述当前互动成员标识存在于所述互动成员状态集合中,则将所述互动请求对应的互动时间作为最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间更新所述当前互动成员标识的互动参数;Obtaining an interaction member state set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier exists in the interaction member state collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, according to the latest interaction time. Updating the interaction parameters of the current interactive member identifier; 所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The generating the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status includes: 当所述互动成员对应的互动参数改变时,生成对应的第一播放修改指令,所述第一播放修改指令携带所述当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;When the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member is changed, a corresponding first play modification instruction is generated, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interaction member identifier; 所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根 据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据,包括:Transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia according to the updated multimedia data. Display data, including: 以使所述目标终端根据所述第一元素标识从所述当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据所述第一播放修改参数更新所述第一元素数据的播放状态。And the target terminal acquires the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and updates the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter. 根据权利要求12所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The computer device according to claim 12, wherein the generating, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status comprises: 当检测到互动成员数目达到预设阈值时,生成第二播放修改指令,所述第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;When the number of the interactive members reaches a preset threshold, the second play modification command is generated, where the second play modification command carries the basic multimedia display data identifier and the second play modification parameter. 所述以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:And the updating, by the target terminal, the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, including: 以使所述目标终端根据所述第二播放修改参数更新所述基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。And the target terminal is configured to update, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier. 根据权利要求12所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述基础多媒体展示数据包括至少两个不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段,所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The computer device according to claim 12, wherein the basic multimedia presentation data comprises at least two different basic multimedia presentation data segments, and the generating the multimedia data update instructions according to the update of the interactive member status comprises: 当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,生成更新播放指令,所述更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;When it is detected that the number of interaction members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment playing condition, generating an update play instruction, where the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier; 所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:Transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia according to the updated multimedia data. Display data includes: 将所述更新播放指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与所述当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将所述当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。Sending the update play command to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia display data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, and the second The base multimedia presentation data segment is displayed in combination with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replaces the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment Fragment. 根据权利要求12所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述基础多媒体展示数据获取请求还包括目标展示成员标识,所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,包括:The computer device according to claim 12, wherein the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request further comprises a target display member identifier, and the sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, including : 将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述目标展示成员标识对应的终端。And sending the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier. 根据权利要求12所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The computer apparatus according to claim 12, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps: 获取所述基础多媒体展示数据对应的预设播放时长;Obtaining a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia display data; 当在所述预设播放时长内检测互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目阈值时,生成结束播放指令;When the detected interactive member status does not change within the preset playing time period or the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number threshold, an end playing instruction is generated; 将所述结束播放指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述结束播放指令结束展示所述当前多媒体展示数据。And sending the end play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction. 一个或多个存储有计算机可读指令的非易失性存储介质,所述计算机可读指令被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得一个或多个处理器执行如下步骤:One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps: 检测互动成员状态,所述互动成员状态为互动成员互动过程中的动态状态数据,所述互动成员为与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的成员;Detecting an interactive member state, the interactive member state being dynamic state data in an interactive member interaction process, the interactive member being a member interacting with current multimedia presentation data; 根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,所述多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的会话,获取所述会话对应的会话成员;Generating a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the status of the interactive member, the multimedia data update instruction carrying a multimedia data identifier; acquiring a session corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, and acquiring a session member corresponding to the session; 将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据;及Sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier; 根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据。Updating the current multimedia presentation data according to the updated multimedia data. 根据权利要求21所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The storage medium of claim 21, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said detecting an interactive member state: 接收基础多媒体展示数据获取请求,所述基础多媒体展示数据获取请求包括基础多媒体展示数据标识和当前会话标识,所述基础多媒体展示数据以 消息的形式展示,根据作用于所述消息的操作更新互动成员状态;Receiving a basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request, where the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request includes a basic multimedia presentation data identifier and a current session identifier, the basic multimedia presentation data is displayed in the form of a message, and the interactive member is updated according to an operation acting on the message status; 根据所述基础多媒体展示数据标识获取对应的基础多媒体展示数据;Obtaining corresponding basic multimedia display data according to the basic multimedia display data identifier; 根据所述当前会话标识获取对应的成员标识,将所述基础多媒体展示数据发送至所述成员标识对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端展示所述基础多媒体展示数据,所述基础多媒体展示数据对应为当前多媒体展示数据。Obtaining the corresponding member identifier according to the current session identifier, and sending the basic multimedia presentation data to the target terminal corresponding to the member identifier, so that the target terminal displays the basic multimedia presentation data, and the basic multimedia display data Corresponds to the current multimedia display data. 根据权利要求21所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The storage medium of claim 21, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said detecting an interactive member state: 接收与所述当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,所述互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;Receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying a current interaction member identifier; 获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若所述当前互动成员标识未存在于所述互动成员状态集合中,则将所述当前互动成员标识添加至所述互动成员状态集合,更新互动成员数目;Obtaining an interaction member status set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data, if the current interaction member identifier does not exist in the interaction member status collection, adding the current interaction member identifier to the interaction member status collection, updating Number of interactive members; 所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The generating the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status includes: 当所述互动成员数目增加时,生成对应的第一多媒体数据更新指令。When the number of interactive members increases, a corresponding first multimedia data update instruction is generated. 根据权利要求23所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述第一多媒体数据更新指令为元素添加指令,所述元素添加指令携带所述当前交互成员标识对应的待添加元素标识,所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:The storage medium according to claim 23, wherein the first multimedia data update instruction is an element addition instruction, and the element addition instruction carries an identifier of an element to be added corresponding to the current interaction member identifier, Sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data. include: 将所述元素添加指令发送至所述会话成员标识对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素;Sending the element addition instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member identifier, so that the target terminal acquires a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier; 将所述待添加元素添加至所述当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。Adding the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate corresponding second multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求21所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The storage medium of claim 21, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said detecting an interactive member state: 获取互动成员对应的互动参数,所述互动参数包括最新互动时间;Obtain an interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member, where the interaction parameter includes the latest interaction time; 将最新互动时间与当前时间的时间间隔超过预设时长阈值的互动成员作为待删除互动成员,将所述待删除互动成员的成员标识从所述互动成员状态集合中删除,更新互动成员数目;The interaction member with the latest interaction time and the current time interval exceeding the preset duration threshold is used as the interaction member to be deleted, and the member identifier of the interaction member to be deleted is deleted from the interaction member status collection, and the number of interaction members is updated; 所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令的步骤包括:The step of generating a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status includes: 当所述互动成员数目减少时,生成对应的元素删除指令,所述元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识,所述目标元素标识与所述待删除互动成员对应;When the number of the interactive members is reduced, a corresponding element deletion instruction is generated, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier, and the target element identifier corresponds to the interaction member to be deleted; 所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:Transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia according to the updated multimedia data. Display data includes: 将所述元素删除指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素数据,从所述当前多媒体展示数据中删除所述目标元素数据。Sending the element deletion instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding target element data according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data. . 根据权利要求21所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述服务器检测互动成员状态之前,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:The storage medium of claim 21, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps prior to said server detecting an interactive member state: 接收与所述当前多媒体展示数据互动产生的互动请求,所述互动请求携带当前互动成员标识;Receiving an interaction request generated by interaction with the current multimedia presentation data, the interaction request carrying a current interaction member identifier; 获取所述当前多媒体展示数据对应的互动成员状态集合,若所述当前互动成员标识存在于所述互动成员状态集合中,则将所述互动请求对应的互动时间作为最新互动时间,根据最新互动时间更新所述当前互动成员标识的互动参数;Obtaining an interaction member state set corresponding to the current multimedia presentation data. If the current interaction member identifier exists in the interaction member state collection, the interaction time corresponding to the interaction request is used as the latest interaction time, according to the latest interaction time. Updating the interaction parameters of the current interactive member identifier; 所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The generating the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status includes: 当所述互动成员对应的互动参数改变时,生成对应的第一播放修改指令,所述第一播放修改指令携带所述当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;When the interaction parameter corresponding to the interaction member is changed, a corresponding first play modification instruction is generated, where the first play modification command carries the first element data identifier and the first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interaction member identifier; 所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端, 以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据,包括:Transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia according to the updated multimedia data. Display data, including: 以使所述目标终端根据所述第一元素标识从所述当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据所述第一播放修改参数更新所述第一元素数据的播放状态。And the target terminal acquires the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element identifier, and updates the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter. 根据权利要求22所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述服务器根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The storage medium according to claim 22, wherein the generating, by the server, the multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interactive member status comprises: 当检测到互动成员数目达到预设阈值时,生成第二播放修改指令,所述第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;When the number of the interactive members reaches a preset threshold, the second play modification command is generated, where the second play modification command carries the basic multimedia display data identifier and the second play modification parameter. 所述以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:And the updating, by the target terminal, the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, including: 以使所述目标终端根据所述第二播放修改参数更新所述基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。And the target terminal is configured to update, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier. 根据权利要求22所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述基础多媒体展示数据包括至少两个不同的基础多媒体展示数据片段,所述根据所述互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令包括:The storage medium according to claim 22, wherein the basic multimedia presentation data comprises at least two different basic multimedia presentation data segments, and the generating the multimedia data update instructions according to the update of the interactive member status comprises: 当检测到互动成员数目达到触发第二基础多媒体展示数据片段播放条件时,生成更新播放指令,所述更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;When it is detected that the number of interaction members reaches the triggering of the second basic multimedia presentation data segment playing condition, generating an update play instruction, where the update play instruction carries the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier; 所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据所述更新多媒体数据更新所述当前多媒体展示数据包括:Transmitting the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, and updates the current multimedia according to the updated multimedia data. Display data includes: 将所述更新播放指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与所述当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将所述当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为所述第二基础多媒体展示数据 片段。Sending the update play command to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal acquires the corresponding second basic multimedia display data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, and the second The base multimedia presentation data segment is displayed in combination with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data or replaces the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment Fragment. 根据权利要求22所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述基础多媒体展示数据获取请求还包括目标展示成员标识,所述将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,包括:The storage medium according to claim 22, wherein the basic multimedia presentation data acquisition request further comprises a target presentation member identifier, and the sending the multimedia data update instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, including : 将所述多媒体数据更新指令发送至所述目标展示成员标识对应的终端。And sending the multimedia data update instruction to the terminal corresponding to the target display member identifier. 根据权利要求22所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读指令还使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:A storage medium according to claim 22, wherein said computer readable instructions further cause said processor to perform the following steps: 获取所述基础多媒体展示数据对应的预设播放时长;Obtaining a preset playing duration corresponding to the basic multimedia display data; 当在所述预设播放时长内检测互动成员状态未发生变化或互动成员数目未达到预设数目阈值时,生成结束播放指令;When the detected interactive member status does not change within the preset playing time period or the number of interactive members does not reach the preset number threshold, an end playing instruction is generated; 将所述结束播放指令发送至所述会话成员对应的目标终端,以使所述目标终端根据所述结束播放指令结束展示所述当前多媒体展示数据。And sending the end play instruction to the target terminal corresponding to the session member, so that the target terminal ends displaying the current multimedia presentation data according to the end play instruction. 一种多媒体数据展示方法,包括:A multimedia data display method includes: 终端根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;及The terminal generates an interaction request according to the interaction operation with the current multimedia presentation data, and sends the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction. Carrying multimedia data identification; and 所述终端接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。The terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires the corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs an update display. ,include: 所述终端接收服务器返回的元素添加指令,所述元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识;Receiving, by the terminal, an element adding instruction returned by the server, where the element adding instruction carries an identifier of the to-be-added element corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; 所述终端根据所述待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将所述待添 加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。The terminal acquires a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and adds the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate a corresponding second multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs an update display. ,include: 所述终端接收服务器返回的元素删除指令,所述元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识;Receiving, by the terminal, an element deletion instruction returned by the server, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier; 所述终端根据所述目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除所述目标元素数据。The terminal acquires a corresponding target element according to the target element identifier, and deletes the target element data from current multimedia display data. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs an update display. ,include: 所述终端接收服务器返回的第一播放修改指令,所述第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;Receiving, by the terminal, a first play modification command returned by the server, where the first play modification command carries a first element data identifier and a first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; 所述终端根据所述第一元素数据标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据所述第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。And the terminal acquires corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element data identifier, and updates a playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs an update display. ,include: 所述终端接收服务器返回的第二播放修改指令,所述第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;Receiving, by the terminal, a second play modification instruction returned by the server, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia display data identifier and a second play modification parameter; 所述终端根据所述第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。And the terminal updates, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the terminal receives the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs an update display. ,include: 所述终端接收服务器返回的更新播放指令,所述更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;Receiving, by the terminal, an update play instruction returned by the server, where the update play instruction carries a second basic multimedia display data segment identifier; 所述终端根据所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。The terminal acquires a corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, and combines the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data. The first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data is displayed or replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment. 一种计算机设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器中存储有计算机可读指令,所述计算机可读指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述处理器执行如下步骤:A computer device comprising a memory and a processor, the memory storing computer readable instructions, the computer readable instructions being executed by the processor such that the processor performs the following steps: 根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;及Generating an interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sending the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries Multimedia data identification; and 接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。Receiving the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquiring corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing update display. 根据权利要求37所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The computer device according to claim 37, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的元素添加指令,所述元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识;Receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, where the element adding instruction carries an identifier of the to-be-added element corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; 根据所述待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将所述待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。Obtaining a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and adding the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate a corresponding second multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求37所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The computer device according to claim 37, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的元素删除指令,所述元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识;Receiving an element deletion instruction returned by the server, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier; 根据所述目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除所述目标元素数据。And acquiring the corresponding target element according to the target element identifier, and deleting the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求37所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The computer device according to claim 37, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的第一播放修改指令,所述第一播放修改指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;Receiving, by the server, a first play modification instruction, where the first play modification command carries a first element data identifier and a first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; 根据所述第一元素数据标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据所述第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。And acquiring the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element data identifier, and updating the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter. 根据权利要求37所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The computer device according to claim 37, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的第二播放修改指令,所述第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;Receiving, by the server, a second play modification command, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia display data identifier and a second play modification parameter; 根据所述第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。And updating, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier. 根据权利要求37所述的计算机设备,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The computer device according to claim 37, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的更新播放指令,所述更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;Receiving an update play instruction returned by the server, where the update play instruction carries a second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier; 根据所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。Obtaining, according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, a corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data The first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment. 一个或多个存储有计算机可读指令的非易失性存储介质,所述计算 机可读指令被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得一个或多个处理器执行如下步骤:One or more non-volatile storage media storing computer readable instructions, when executed by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to perform the following steps: 根据与当前多媒体展示数据产生互动的互动操作生成互动请求,将互动请求发送至服务器,以使服务器根据互动请求检测互动成员状态,根据互动成员状态的更新生成多媒体数据更新指令,多媒体数据更新指令携带多媒体数据标识;及Generating an interaction request according to an interaction operation that interacts with the current multimedia presentation data, and sending the interaction request to the server, so that the server detects the interaction member status according to the interaction request, and generates a multimedia data update instruction according to the update of the interaction member status, and the multimedia data update instruction carries Multimedia data identification; and 接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示。Receiving the multimedia data update instruction returned by the server, acquiring corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updating the current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performing update display. 根据权利要求43所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The storage medium according to claim 43, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的元素添加指令,所述元素添加指令携带当前互动成员标识对应的待添加元素标识;Receiving an element adding instruction returned by the server, where the element adding instruction carries an identifier of the to-be-added element corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; 根据所述待添加元素标识获取对应的待添加元素,将所述待添加元素添加至当前多媒体展示数据更新生成对应的第二多媒体展示数据。Obtaining a corresponding to-be-added element according to the to-be-added element identifier, and adding the to-be-added element to the current multimedia presentation data update to generate a corresponding second multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求43所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The storage medium according to claim 43, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的元素删除指令,所述元素删除指令携带对应的目标元素标识;Receiving an element deletion instruction returned by the server, where the element deletion instruction carries a corresponding target element identifier; 根据所述目标元素标识获取对应的目标元素,从当前多媒体展示数据中删除所述目标元素数据。And acquiring the corresponding target element according to the target element identifier, and deleting the target element data from the current multimedia presentation data. 根据权利要求43所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The storage medium according to claim 43, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的第一播放修改指令,所述第一播放修改指令携带当前 互动成员标识对应的第一元素数据标识、第一播放修改参数;And receiving, by the server, a first play modification instruction, where the first play modification command carries a first element data identifier and a first play modification parameter corresponding to the current interactive member identifier; 根据所述第一元素数据标识从当前多媒体展示数据中获取对应的第一元素数据,根据所述第一播放修改参数更新第一元素数据的播放状态。And acquiring the corresponding first element data from the current multimedia presentation data according to the first element data identifier, and updating the playing state of the first element data according to the first play modification parameter. 根据权利要求43所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The storage medium according to claim 43, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的第二播放修改指令,所述第二播放修改指令携带基础多媒体展示数据标识、第二播放修改参数;Receiving, by the server, a second play modification command, where the second play modification command carries a basic multimedia display data identifier and a second play modification parameter; 根据所述第二播放修改参数更新基础多媒体展示数据标识对应的基础多媒体展示数据的播放状态。And updating, according to the second play modification parameter, a play status of the basic multimedia display data corresponding to the basic multimedia display data identifier. 根据权利要求43所述的存储介质,其特征在于,所述接收服务器返回的多媒体数据更新指令,根据多媒体数据标识获取对应的更新多媒体数据,根据更新多媒体数据更新当前多媒体展示数据,并进行更新展示,包括:The storage medium according to claim 43, wherein the multimedia data update instruction returned by the receiving server acquires corresponding updated multimedia data according to the multimedia data identifier, updates current multimedia display data according to the updated multimedia data, and performs update display. ,include: 接收服务器返回的更新播放指令,所述更新播放指令携带第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识;Receiving an update play instruction returned by the server, where the update play instruction carries a second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier; 根据所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段标识获取对应的第二基础多媒体展示数据片段,将所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段与当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段结合展示或将当前多媒体展示数据中的第一基础多媒体展示数据片段替换为所述第二基础多媒体展示数据片段。Obtaining, according to the second basic multimedia presentation data segment identifier, a corresponding second basic multimedia presentation data segment, and combining the second basic multimedia presentation data segment with the first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data The first basic multimedia presentation data segment in the current multimedia presentation data is replaced with the second basic multimedia presentation data segment.
PCT/CN2018/104397 2017-09-12 2018-09-06 Multimedia data presentation method, storage medium and computer device WO2019052395A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710817110.0 2017-09-12
CN201710817110.0A CN109495427B (en) 2017-09-12 2017-09-12 Multimedia data presentation method, apparatus, storage medium and computer equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019052395A1 true WO2019052395A1 (en) 2019-03-21

Family

ID=65688612

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/104397 WO2019052395A1 (en) 2017-09-12 2018-09-06 Multimedia data presentation method, storage medium and computer device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN109495427B (en)
WO (1) WO2019052395A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112866411A (en) * 2021-02-09 2021-05-28 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 Multimedia content display control method, device, terminal, server and medium
CN112887801A (en) * 2019-11-29 2021-06-01 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Multimedia playing method, terminal and storage medium
CN113988021A (en) * 2021-10-20 2022-01-28 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Content interaction method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN112954423B (en) * 2020-04-08 2023-05-26 深圳市明源云客电子商务有限公司 Animation playing method, device and equipment

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111447267B (en) * 2020-03-24 2023-09-12 广州酷狗计算机科技有限公司 Information synchronization method, device, computer readable storage medium and equipment
CN114245195B (en) * 2022-01-13 2023-11-07 百果园技术(新加坡)有限公司 Live interaction method, device, equipment, storage medium and program product
CN114676190B (en) * 2022-05-27 2022-10-11 太平金融科技服务(上海)有限公司深圳分公司 Data display method and device, computer equipment and storage medium

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101662545A (en) * 2009-08-27 2010-03-03 董晨勇 Method and system for realizing multimedia interaction during telephone call
CN103023749A (en) * 2011-09-27 2013-04-03 北京神州泰岳软件股份有限公司 Method for loading advertisement data in IM (Instant Messaging) system and IM system
US20140267550A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Polycom, Inc. Method and system for an improved virtual breakout room
CN104754420A (en) * 2015-03-30 2015-07-01 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 Barrage interaction method and device in process of multimedia file playing
CN105847126A (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-08-10 广州灵光信息科技有限公司 Chat window background display device based on instant messaging software
CN106302750A (en) * 2016-08-17 2017-01-04 北京奇虎科技有限公司 A kind of show the method for user interface interaction content, device, server and system
CN106533915A (en) * 2016-11-21 2017-03-22 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 Topic release method, client and server
CN106789596A (en) * 2017-01-16 2017-05-31 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 A kind of information attention method, relevant device and system

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9089530B2 (en) * 2010-05-19 2015-07-28 Sbi Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Antimalarial drug which contains 5-aminolevulinic acid or derivative thereof as active ingredient
CN104363519B (en) * 2014-11-21 2017-12-15 广州华多网络科技有限公司 It is a kind of based on online live method for information display, relevant apparatus and system
US10084841B2 (en) * 2015-04-02 2018-09-25 Scripps Networks Interactive, Inc. Systems and methods for managing media content playback
US20160364397A1 (en) * 2015-06-11 2016-12-15 Qualcomm Incorporated System and Methods for Locally Customizing Media Content for Rendering
CN105407388A (en) * 2015-10-28 2016-03-16 天脉聚源(北京)科技有限公司 Interactive information configuration method and device for interactive television system
CN106210911A (en) * 2016-08-09 2016-12-07 乐视控股(北京)有限公司 A kind of live voting method, device and electronic equipment
CN106652003A (en) * 2016-12-23 2017-05-10 蚌埠学院 Method for making experimental demonstration with voice animation based on Flash and Balabolke software
CN106981015A (en) * 2017-03-29 2017-07-25 武汉斗鱼网络科技有限公司 The implementation method of interactive present

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101662545A (en) * 2009-08-27 2010-03-03 董晨勇 Method and system for realizing multimedia interaction during telephone call
CN103023749A (en) * 2011-09-27 2013-04-03 北京神州泰岳软件股份有限公司 Method for loading advertisement data in IM (Instant Messaging) system and IM system
US20140267550A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Polycom, Inc. Method and system for an improved virtual breakout room
CN104754420A (en) * 2015-03-30 2015-07-01 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 Barrage interaction method and device in process of multimedia file playing
CN105847126A (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-08-10 广州灵光信息科技有限公司 Chat window background display device based on instant messaging software
CN106302750A (en) * 2016-08-17 2017-01-04 北京奇虎科技有限公司 A kind of show the method for user interface interaction content, device, server and system
CN106533915A (en) * 2016-11-21 2017-03-22 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 Topic release method, client and server
CN106789596A (en) * 2017-01-16 2017-05-31 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 A kind of information attention method, relevant device and system

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112887801A (en) * 2019-11-29 2021-06-01 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Multimedia playing method, terminal and storage medium
CN112954423B (en) * 2020-04-08 2023-05-26 深圳市明源云客电子商务有限公司 Animation playing method, device and equipment
CN112866411A (en) * 2021-02-09 2021-05-28 北京字节跳动网络技术有限公司 Multimedia content display control method, device, terminal, server and medium
CN113988021A (en) * 2021-10-20 2022-01-28 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Content interaction method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109495427B (en) 2021-05-07
CN109495427A (en) 2019-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019052395A1 (en) Multimedia data presentation method, storage medium and computer device
US11684849B2 (en) Distributed sample-based game profiling with game metadata and metrics and gaming API platform supporting third-party content
US10075495B2 (en) Systems and methods for video game streaming utilizing feedback and aggregation of viewer interests and interactions
US20220370901A1 (en) Virtual scene interaction method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
JP6563627B2 (en) System and method for tagging mini-game content running in a shared cloud and controlling tag sharing
US9233309B2 (en) Systems and methods for enabling shadow play for video games based on prior user plays
CN104811814B (en) Information processing method and system, client and server based on video playing
CN113852767B (en) Video editing method, device, equipment and medium
US20180295075A1 (en) Switchable Modes for Messaging
US11677711B2 (en) Metrics-based timeline of previews
WO2022184041A1 (en) Picture display method and apparatus, mobile terminal, and storage medium
WO2023104102A1 (en) Live broadcasting comment presentation method and apparatus, and device, program product and medium
US20150263997A1 (en) Instant Messaging
US20230014732A1 (en) Application startup and archiving
CN108769816B (en) Video playing method, device and storage medium
WO2019072113A1 (en) Video recommendation method, terminal, and storage medium
US20230412723A1 (en) Method and apparatus for generating imagery record, electronic device, and storage medium
US20160150281A1 (en) Video-based user indicia on social media and communication services
US10643239B2 (en) Monitoring an application on a processing device and generating rewards
US20170017382A1 (en) System and method for interaction between touch points on a graphical display
US20210208836A1 (en) Synchronization of Digital Content Consumption
US11729479B2 (en) Methods and systems for dynamic summary queue generation and provision
JP2018198746A (en) Terminal and server
US11252247B1 (en) Dynamic streaming content buffering based on user interest
US11351455B2 (en) Real time interconnected game context and data sharing plugin framework

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18856553

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18856553

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1